Rev 5197 | Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
---|---|---|---|
5197 | serge | 1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. |
2 | |||
6324 | serge | 3 | Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
5197 | serge | 4 | |
5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. |
||
6 | |||
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
||
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
||
10 | (at your option) any later version. |
||
11 | |||
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
||
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
||
16 | |||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
||
18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
||
19 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, |
||
20 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ |
||
21 | |||
22 | |||
23 | /* |
||
24 | SECTION |
||
25 | ELF backends |
||
26 | |||
27 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. |
||
28 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 |
||
29 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). |
||
30 | |||
31 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs |
||
32 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we |
||
33 | haven't bothered yet. */ |
||
34 | |||
35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ |
||
36 | #define _SYSCALL32 |
||
37 | #include "sysdep.h" |
||
38 | #include "bfd.h" |
||
39 | #include "bfdlink.h" |
||
40 | #include "libbfd.h" |
||
41 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0 |
||
42 | #include "elf-bfd.h" |
||
43 | #include "libiberty.h" |
||
44 | #include "safe-ctype.h" |
||
45 | #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h" |
||
46 | |||
47 | #ifdef CORE_HEADER |
||
48 | #include CORE_HEADER |
||
49 | #endif |
||
50 | |||
51 | static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); |
||
52 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); |
||
53 | static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); |
||
6324 | serge | 54 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ; |
5197 | serge | 55 | static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; |
56 | static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, |
||
57 | file_ptr offset); |
||
58 | |||
59 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is |
||
60 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will |
||
61 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ |
||
62 | |||
63 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ |
||
64 | |||
65 | void |
||
66 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, |
||
67 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src, |
||
68 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) |
||
69 | { |
||
70 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); |
||
71 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); |
||
72 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); |
||
73 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); |
||
74 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); |
||
75 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); |
||
76 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); |
||
77 | } |
||
78 | |||
79 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ |
||
80 | |||
81 | void |
||
82 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, |
||
83 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, |
||
84 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst) |
||
85 | { |
||
86 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); |
||
87 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); |
||
88 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); |
||
89 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); |
||
90 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); |
||
91 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); |
||
92 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); |
||
93 | } |
||
94 | |||
95 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ |
||
96 | |||
97 | void |
||
98 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
||
99 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, |
||
100 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) |
||
101 | { |
||
102 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); |
||
103 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); |
||
104 | } |
||
105 | |||
106 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ |
||
107 | |||
108 | void |
||
109 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
||
110 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, |
||
111 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) |
||
112 | { |
||
113 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); |
||
114 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); |
||
115 | } |
||
116 | |||
117 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ |
||
118 | |||
119 | void |
||
120 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, |
||
121 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src, |
||
122 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) |
||
123 | { |
||
124 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); |
||
125 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); |
||
126 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); |
||
127 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); |
||
128 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); |
||
129 | } |
||
130 | |||
131 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ |
||
132 | |||
133 | void |
||
134 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, |
||
135 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, |
||
136 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst) |
||
137 | { |
||
138 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); |
||
139 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); |
||
140 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); |
||
141 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); |
||
142 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); |
||
143 | } |
||
144 | |||
145 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ |
||
146 | |||
147 | void |
||
148 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, |
||
149 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, |
||
150 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) |
||
151 | { |
||
152 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); |
||
153 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); |
||
154 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); |
||
155 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); |
||
156 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); |
||
157 | } |
||
158 | |||
159 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ |
||
160 | |||
161 | void |
||
162 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, |
||
163 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, |
||
164 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) |
||
165 | { |
||
166 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); |
||
167 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); |
||
168 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); |
||
169 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); |
||
170 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); |
||
171 | } |
||
172 | |||
173 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ |
||
174 | |||
175 | void |
||
176 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, |
||
177 | const Elf_External_Versym *src, |
||
178 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) |
||
179 | { |
||
180 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); |
||
181 | } |
||
182 | |||
183 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ |
||
184 | |||
185 | void |
||
186 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, |
||
187 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, |
||
188 | Elf_External_Versym *dst) |
||
189 | { |
||
190 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); |
||
191 | } |
||
192 | |||
193 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
||
194 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
||
195 | |||
196 | unsigned long |
||
197 | bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) |
||
198 | { |
||
199 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
||
200 | unsigned long h = 0; |
||
201 | unsigned long g; |
||
202 | int ch; |
||
203 | |||
204 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
||
205 | { |
||
206 | h = (h << 4) + ch; |
||
207 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) |
||
208 | { |
||
209 | h ^= g >> 24; |
||
210 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in |
||
211 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ |
||
212 | h ^= g; |
||
213 | } |
||
214 | } |
||
215 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
||
216 | } |
||
217 | |||
218 | /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will |
||
219 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ |
||
220 | |||
221 | unsigned long |
||
222 | bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) |
||
223 | { |
||
224 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; |
||
225 | unsigned long h = 5381; |
||
226 | unsigned char ch; |
||
227 | |||
228 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') |
||
229 | h = (h << 5) + h + ch; |
||
230 | return h & 0xffffffff; |
||
231 | } |
||
232 | |||
233 | /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with |
||
234 | the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ |
||
235 | bfd_boolean |
||
236 | bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, |
||
237 | size_t object_size, |
||
238 | enum elf_target_id object_id) |
||
239 | { |
||
240 | BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); |
||
241 | abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); |
||
242 | if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) |
||
243 | return FALSE; |
||
244 | |||
245 | elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; |
||
246 | if (abfd->direction != read_direction) |
||
247 | { |
||
248 | struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o); |
||
249 | if (o == NULL) |
||
250 | return FALSE; |
||
251 | elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o; |
||
252 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; |
||
253 | } |
||
254 | return TRUE; |
||
255 | } |
||
256 | |||
257 | |||
258 | bfd_boolean |
||
259 | bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd) |
||
260 | { |
||
261 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
262 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), |
||
263 | bed->target_id); |
||
264 | } |
||
265 | |||
266 | bfd_boolean |
||
267 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) |
||
268 | { |
||
269 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ |
||
270 | if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd)) |
||
271 | return FALSE; |
||
272 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core)); |
||
273 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL; |
||
274 | } |
||
275 | |||
276 | static char * |
||
277 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
||
278 | { |
||
279 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
||
280 | bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; |
||
281 | file_ptr offset; |
||
282 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; |
||
283 | |||
284 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
||
285 | if (i_shdrp == 0 |
||
286 | || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) |
||
287 | || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) |
||
288 | return NULL; |
||
289 | |||
290 | shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; |
||
291 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
||
292 | { |
||
293 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ |
||
294 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; |
||
295 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; |
||
296 | |||
297 | /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes |
||
298 | in case the string table is not terminated. */ |
||
299 | if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 |
||
6324 | serge | 300 | || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
301 | || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL) |
||
5197 | serge | 302 | shstrtab = NULL; |
303 | else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) |
||
304 | { |
||
305 | if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) |
||
306 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); |
||
6324 | serge | 307 | bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab); |
5197 | serge | 308 | shstrtab = NULL; |
309 | /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep |
||
310 | trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for |
||
311 | the string table over and over. */ |
||
312 | i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; |
||
313 | } |
||
314 | else |
||
315 | shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; |
||
316 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; |
||
317 | } |
||
318 | return (char *) shstrtab; |
||
319 | } |
||
320 | |||
321 | char * |
||
322 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, |
||
323 | unsigned int shindex, |
||
324 | unsigned int strindex) |
||
325 | { |
||
326 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
327 | |||
328 | if (strindex == 0) |
||
329 | return ""; |
||
330 | |||
331 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
||
332 | return NULL; |
||
333 | |||
334 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
||
335 | |||
6324 | serge | 336 | if (hdr->contents == NULL) |
337 | { |
||
338 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS) |
||
339 | { |
||
340 | /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */ |
||
341 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"), |
||
342 | abfd, shindex); |
||
343 | return NULL; |
||
344 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 345 | |
6324 | serge | 346 | if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) |
347 | return NULL; |
||
348 | } |
||
349 | |||
5197 | serge | 350 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) |
351 | { |
||
352 | unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
||
353 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
354 | (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), |
||
355 | abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, |
||
356 | (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name |
||
357 | ? ".shstrtab" |
||
358 | : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); |
||
359 | return NULL; |
||
360 | } |
||
361 | |||
362 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; |
||
363 | } |
||
364 | |||
365 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. |
||
366 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from |
||
367 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF |
||
368 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external |
||
369 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. |
||
370 | Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) |
||
371 | or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ |
||
372 | |||
373 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
||
374 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, |
||
375 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
||
376 | size_t symcount, |
||
377 | size_t symoffset, |
||
378 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, |
||
379 | void *extsym_buf, |
||
380 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) |
||
381 | { |
||
382 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; |
||
383 | void *alloc_ext; |
||
384 | const bfd_byte *esym; |
||
385 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; |
||
386 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; |
||
387 | Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; |
||
388 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; |
||
389 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; |
||
390 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
391 | size_t extsym_size; |
||
392 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
393 | file_ptr pos; |
||
394 | |||
395 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
396 | abort (); |
||
397 | |||
398 | if (symcount == 0) |
||
399 | return intsym_buf; |
||
400 | |||
401 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ |
||
402 | shndx_hdr = NULL; |
||
6324 | serge | 403 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL) |
404 | { |
||
405 | elf_section_list * entry; |
||
406 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd); |
||
5197 | serge | 407 | |
6324 | serge | 408 | /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */ |
409 | for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) |
||
410 | if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr) |
||
411 | { |
||
412 | shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr; |
||
413 | break; |
||
414 | }; |
||
415 | |||
416 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL) |
||
417 | { |
||
418 | if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd)) |
||
419 | /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */ |
||
420 | shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr; |
||
421 | /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that |
||
422 | the index table will not be needed. */ |
||
423 | } |
||
424 | } |
||
425 | |||
5197 | serge | 426 | /* Read the symbols. */ |
427 | alloc_ext = NULL; |
||
428 | alloc_extshndx = NULL; |
||
429 | alloc_intsym = NULL; |
||
430 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
||
431 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
||
432 | amt = symcount * extsym_size; |
||
433 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; |
||
434 | if (extsym_buf == NULL) |
||
435 | { |
||
436 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); |
||
437 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext; |
||
438 | } |
||
439 | if (extsym_buf == NULL |
||
440 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
441 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
||
442 | { |
||
443 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
||
444 | goto out; |
||
445 | } |
||
446 | |||
447 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) |
||
448 | extshndx_buf = NULL; |
||
449 | else |
||
450 | { |
||
451 | amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
||
452 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
||
453 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL) |
||
454 | { |
||
455 | alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) |
||
456 | bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
||
457 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; |
||
458 | } |
||
459 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL |
||
460 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
461 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) |
||
462 | { |
||
463 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
||
464 | goto out; |
||
465 | } |
||
466 | } |
||
467 | |||
468 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
||
469 | { |
||
470 | alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) |
||
471 | bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); |
||
472 | intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; |
||
473 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) |
||
474 | goto out; |
||
475 | } |
||
476 | |||
477 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ |
||
478 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; |
||
479 | for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, |
||
480 | shndx = extshndx_buf; |
||
481 | isym < isymend; |
||
482 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) |
||
483 | if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) |
||
484 | { |
||
485 | symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; |
||
486 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " |
||
487 | "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), |
||
488 | ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); |
||
489 | if (alloc_intsym != NULL) |
||
490 | free (alloc_intsym); |
||
491 | intsym_buf = NULL; |
||
492 | goto out; |
||
493 | } |
||
494 | |||
495 | out: |
||
496 | if (alloc_ext != NULL) |
||
497 | free (alloc_ext); |
||
498 | if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) |
||
499 | free (alloc_extshndx); |
||
500 | |||
501 | return intsym_buf; |
||
502 | } |
||
503 | |||
504 | /* Look up a symbol name. */ |
||
505 | const char * |
||
506 | bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, |
||
507 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, |
||
508 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, |
||
509 | asection *sym_sec) |
||
510 | { |
||
511 | const char *name; |
||
512 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; |
||
513 | unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; |
||
514 | |||
515 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
||
516 | /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ |
||
517 | && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) |
||
518 | { |
||
519 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; |
||
520 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; |
||
521 | } |
||
522 | |||
523 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); |
||
524 | if (name == NULL) |
||
525 | name = "(null)"; |
||
526 | else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') |
||
527 | name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); |
||
528 | |||
529 | return name; |
||
530 | } |
||
531 | |||
532 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP |
||
533 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section |
||
534 | pointers. */ |
||
535 | |||
536 | typedef union elf_internal_group { |
||
537 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; |
||
538 | unsigned int flags; |
||
539 | } Elf_Internal_Group; |
||
540 | |||
541 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the |
||
542 | signature just a string? */ |
||
543 | |||
544 | static const char * |
||
545 | group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) |
||
546 | { |
||
547 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
548 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
||
549 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
||
550 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; |
||
551 | |||
552 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure |
||
553 | that it is a symbol table section. */ |
||
554 | if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
||
555 | return NULL; |
||
556 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; |
||
557 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
||
558 | || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) |
||
559 | return NULL; |
||
560 | |||
561 | /* Go read the symbol. */ |
||
562 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
||
563 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, |
||
564 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
||
565 | return NULL; |
||
566 | |||
567 | return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); |
||
568 | } |
||
569 | |||
570 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ |
||
571 | |||
572 | static bfd_boolean |
||
573 | setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) |
||
574 | { |
||
575 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
||
576 | |||
577 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count |
||
578 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
||
579 | if (num_group == 0) |
||
580 | { |
||
581 | unsigned int i, shnum; |
||
582 | |||
583 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP |
||
584 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ |
||
585 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
586 | num_group = 0; |
||
587 | |||
588 | #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \ |
||
589 | ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ |
||
590 | && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \ |
||
591 | && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ |
||
592 | && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) |
||
593 | |||
594 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
||
595 | { |
||
596 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
||
597 | |||
598 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) |
||
599 | num_group += 1; |
||
600 | } |
||
601 | |||
602 | if (num_group == 0) |
||
603 | { |
||
604 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; |
||
605 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
||
606 | } |
||
607 | else |
||
608 | { |
||
609 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, |
||
610 | so we can find them quickly. */ |
||
611 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
612 | |||
613 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
||
614 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) |
||
615 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
||
616 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) |
||
617 | return FALSE; |
||
618 | |||
619 | num_group = 0; |
||
620 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) |
||
621 | { |
||
622 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
||
623 | |||
624 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) |
||
625 | { |
||
626 | unsigned char *src; |
||
627 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; |
||
628 | |||
629 | /* Add to list of sections. */ |
||
630 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; |
||
631 | num_group += 1; |
||
632 | |||
633 | /* Read the raw contents. */ |
||
634 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); |
||
635 | amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; |
||
636 | shdr->contents = (unsigned char *) |
||
637 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4); |
||
638 | /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ |
||
639 | if (shdr->contents == NULL) |
||
640 | { |
||
641 | _bfd_error_handler |
||
6324 | serge | 642 | (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); |
5197 | serge | 643 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
6324 | serge | 644 | -- num_group; |
645 | continue; |
||
5197 | serge | 646 | } |
647 | |||
648 | memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); |
||
649 | |||
650 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
651 | || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) |
||
652 | != shdr->sh_size)) |
||
6324 | serge | 653 | { |
654 | _bfd_error_handler |
||
655 | (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); |
||
656 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
657 | -- num_group; |
||
658 | /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially |
||
659 | corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */ |
||
660 | memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); |
||
661 | continue; |
||
662 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 663 | |
664 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an |
||
665 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, |
||
666 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section |
||
667 | pointers. */ |
||
668 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; |
||
669 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); |
||
6324 | serge | 670 | |
5197 | serge | 671 | while (1) |
672 | { |
||
673 | unsigned int idx; |
||
674 | |||
675 | src -= 4; |
||
676 | --dest; |
||
677 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); |
||
678 | if (src == shdr->contents) |
||
679 | { |
||
680 | dest->flags = idx; |
||
681 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) |
||
682 | shdr->bfd_section->flags |
||
683 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
||
684 | break; |
||
685 | } |
||
686 | if (idx >= shnum) |
||
687 | { |
||
688 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
689 | (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); |
||
690 | idx = 0; |
||
691 | } |
||
692 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; |
||
693 | } |
||
694 | } |
||
695 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 696 | |
697 | /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */ |
||
698 | if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group) |
||
699 | { |
||
700 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; |
||
701 | |||
702 | /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */ |
||
703 | if (num_group == 0) |
||
704 | { |
||
705 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL; |
||
706 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1; |
||
707 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd); |
||
708 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
709 | } |
||
710 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 711 | } |
712 | } |
||
713 | |||
714 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) |
||
715 | { |
||
716 | unsigned int i; |
||
717 | |||
718 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
||
719 | { |
||
720 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
||
721 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
||
722 | unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
||
723 | |||
724 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current |
||
725 | section is a member. */ |
||
726 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
||
727 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) |
||
728 | { |
||
729 | asection *s = NULL; |
||
730 | |||
731 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through |
||
732 | other members to see if any others are linked via |
||
733 | next_in_group. */ |
||
734 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
||
735 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
||
736 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
||
737 | if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
||
738 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
||
739 | break; |
||
740 | if (n_elt != 0) |
||
741 | { |
||
742 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and |
||
743 | insert current section in circular list. */ |
||
744 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); |
||
745 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); |
||
746 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; |
||
747 | } |
||
748 | else |
||
749 | { |
||
750 | const char *gname; |
||
751 | |||
752 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); |
||
753 | if (gname == NULL) |
||
754 | return FALSE; |
||
755 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; |
||
756 | |||
757 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ |
||
758 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; |
||
759 | } |
||
760 | |||
761 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the |
||
762 | new member. */ |
||
763 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
||
764 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; |
||
765 | |||
766 | i = num_group - 1; |
||
767 | break; |
||
768 | } |
||
769 | } |
||
770 | } |
||
771 | |||
772 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) |
||
773 | { |
||
774 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), |
||
775 | abfd, newsect); |
||
6324 | serge | 776 | return FALSE; |
5197 | serge | 777 | } |
778 | return TRUE; |
||
779 | } |
||
780 | |||
781 | bfd_boolean |
||
782 | _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) |
||
783 | { |
||
784 | unsigned int i; |
||
785 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; |
||
786 | bfd_boolean result = TRUE; |
||
787 | asection *s; |
||
788 | |||
789 | /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
||
790 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
||
791 | { |
||
792 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; |
||
793 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
||
794 | { |
||
795 | unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; |
||
796 | /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may |
||
797 | not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could |
||
798 | get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ |
||
799 | if (elfsec == 0) |
||
800 | { |
||
801 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
802 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
||
803 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
||
804 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
||
805 | abfd, s); |
||
806 | } |
||
807 | else |
||
808 | { |
||
809 | asection *linksec = NULL; |
||
810 | |||
811 | if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) |
||
812 | { |
||
813 | this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; |
||
814 | linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section; |
||
815 | } |
||
816 | |||
817 | /* PR 1991, 2008: |
||
818 | Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in |
||
819 | sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ |
||
820 | if (linksec == NULL) |
||
821 | { |
||
822 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
823 | (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), |
||
824 | s->owner, s, elfsec); |
||
825 | result = FALSE; |
||
826 | } |
||
827 | |||
828 | elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec; |
||
829 | } |
||
830 | } |
||
831 | } |
||
832 | |||
833 | /* Process section groups. */ |
||
834 | if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) |
||
835 | return result; |
||
836 | |||
837 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) |
||
838 | { |
||
839 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; |
||
6324 | serge | 840 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx; |
841 | unsigned int n_elt; |
||
5197 | serge | 842 | |
6324 | serge | 843 | /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */ |
844 | if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL) |
||
845 | { |
||
846 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
847 | (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"), |
||
848 | abfd, i); |
||
849 | result = FALSE; |
||
850 | continue; |
||
851 | } |
||
852 | |||
853 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; |
||
854 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; |
||
855 | |||
5197 | serge | 856 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
857 | if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) |
||
858 | elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; |
||
859 | else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA |
||
860 | || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) |
||
861 | /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in |
||
862 | output object files. We adjust the group section size here |
||
863 | so that relocatable link will work correctly when |
||
864 | relocation sections are in section group in input object |
||
865 | files. */ |
||
866 | shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; |
||
867 | else |
||
868 | { |
||
869 | /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ |
||
870 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
871 | (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), |
||
872 | abfd, |
||
873 | (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, |
||
874 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, |
||
875 | (elf_elfheader (abfd) |
||
876 | ->e_shstrndx), |
||
877 | idx->shdr->sh_name), |
||
878 | shdr->bfd_section->name); |
||
879 | result = FALSE; |
||
880 | } |
||
881 | } |
||
882 | return result; |
||
883 | } |
||
884 | |||
885 | bfd_boolean |
||
886 | bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) |
||
887 | { |
||
888 | return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; |
||
889 | } |
||
890 | |||
6324 | serge | 891 | static char * |
892 | convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
||
893 | { |
||
894 | unsigned int len = strlen (name); |
||
895 | char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2); |
||
896 | if (new_name == NULL) |
||
897 | return NULL; |
||
898 | new_name[0] = '.'; |
||
899 | new_name[1] = 'z'; |
||
900 | memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len); |
||
901 | return new_name; |
||
902 | } |
||
903 | |||
904 | static char * |
||
905 | convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name) |
||
906 | { |
||
907 | unsigned int len = strlen (name); |
||
908 | char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
909 | if (new_name == NULL) |
||
910 | return NULL; |
||
911 | new_name[0] = '.'; |
||
912 | memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1); |
||
913 | return new_name; |
||
914 | } |
||
915 | |||
5197 | serge | 916 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the |
917 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ |
||
918 | |||
919 | bfd_boolean |
||
920 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
||
921 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, |
||
922 | const char *name, |
||
923 | int shindex) |
||
924 | { |
||
925 | asection *newsect; |
||
926 | flagword flags; |
||
927 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
928 | |||
929 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
||
930 | return TRUE; |
||
931 | |||
932 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); |
||
933 | if (newsect == NULL) |
||
934 | return FALSE; |
||
935 | |||
936 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; |
||
937 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; |
||
938 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; |
||
939 | |||
940 | /* Always use the real type/flags. */ |
||
941 | elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; |
||
942 | elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; |
||
943 | |||
944 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
||
945 | |||
946 | if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) |
||
947 | || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) |
||
948 | || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, |
||
949 | bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) |
||
950 | return FALSE; |
||
951 | |||
952 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
||
953 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
954 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
||
955 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
||
956 | flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; |
||
957 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
958 | { |
||
959 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
||
960 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
961 | flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
||
962 | } |
||
963 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) |
||
964 | flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
||
965 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
||
966 | flags |= SEC_CODE; |
||
967 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
||
968 | flags |= SEC_DATA; |
||
969 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) |
||
970 | { |
||
971 | flags |= SEC_MERGE; |
||
972 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; |
||
973 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) |
||
974 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS; |
||
975 | } |
||
976 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) |
||
977 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) |
||
978 | return FALSE; |
||
979 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) |
||
980 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; |
||
981 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
||
982 | flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
||
983 | |||
984 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) |
||
985 | { |
||
986 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, |
||
987 | not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ |
||
988 | if (name [0] == '.') |
||
989 | { |
||
990 | const char *p; |
||
991 | int n; |
||
992 | if (name[1] == 'd') |
||
993 | p = ".debug", n = 6; |
||
994 | else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n') |
||
995 | p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17; |
||
996 | else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd') |
||
997 | p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */ |
||
998 | else if (name[1] == 'l') |
||
999 | p = ".line", n = 5; |
||
1000 | else if (name[1] == 's') |
||
1001 | p = ".stab", n = 5; |
||
1002 | else if (name[1] == 'z') |
||
1003 | p = ".zdebug", n = 7; |
||
1004 | else |
||
1005 | p = NULL, n = 0; |
||
1006 | if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0) |
||
1007 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; |
||
1008 | } |
||
1009 | } |
||
1010 | |||
1011 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we |
||
1012 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support |
||
1013 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. |
||
1014 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions |
||
1015 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard |
||
1016 | all but one of the sections. */ |
||
1017 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") |
||
1018 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) |
||
1019 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
||
1020 | |||
1021 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
1022 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) |
||
1023 | if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) |
||
1024 | return FALSE; |
||
1025 | |||
1026 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) |
||
1027 | return FALSE; |
||
1028 | |||
1029 | /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the |
||
1030 | separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. |
||
1031 | PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ |
||
1032 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) |
||
1033 | { |
||
1034 | bfd_byte *contents; |
||
1035 | |||
1036 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) |
||
1037 | return FALSE; |
||
1038 | |||
1039 | elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1); |
||
1040 | free (contents); |
||
1041 | } |
||
1042 | |||
1043 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
1044 | { |
||
1045 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; |
||
1046 | unsigned int i, nload; |
||
1047 | |||
1048 | /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header |
||
1049 | p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than |
||
1050 | one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma |
||
1051 | so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ |
||
1052 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
||
1053 | for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
||
1054 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) |
||
1055 | break; |
||
1056 | else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) |
||
1057 | ++nload; |
||
1058 | if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) |
||
1059 | return TRUE; |
||
1060 | |||
1061 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
||
1062 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) |
||
1063 | { |
||
1064 | if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
1065 | && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) |
||
1066 | || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS) |
||
1067 | && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr)) |
||
1068 | { |
||
1069 | if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
||
1070 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
||
1071 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); |
||
1072 | else |
||
1073 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD |
||
1074 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment |
||
1075 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs. |
||
1076 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on |
||
1077 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the |
||
1078 | segment will contain sections with contiguous |
||
1079 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ |
||
1080 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr |
||
1081 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); |
||
1082 | |||
1083 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file |
||
1084 | offsets whether a section with zero size should |
||
1085 | be placed at the end of one segment or the |
||
1086 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ |
||
1087 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr |
||
1088 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size |
||
1089 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) |
||
1090 | break; |
||
1091 | } |
||
1092 | } |
||
1093 | } |
||
1094 | |||
1095 | /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and |
||
1096 | .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */ |
||
1097 | if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) |
||
1098 | && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_') |
||
1099 | || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_'))) |
||
1100 | { |
||
1101 | enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing; |
||
6324 | serge | 1102 | int compression_header_size; |
1103 | bfd_size_type uncompressed_size; |
||
1104 | bfd_boolean compressed |
||
1105 | = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect, |
||
1106 | &compression_header_size, |
||
1107 | &uncompressed_size); |
||
5197 | serge | 1108 | |
6324 | serge | 1109 | if (compressed) |
5197 | serge | 1110 | { |
1111 | /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */ |
||
1112 | if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS)) |
||
1113 | action = decompress; |
||
1114 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 1115 | |
1116 | /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug* |
||
1117 | section. Check if we should compress. */ |
||
1118 | if (action == nothing) |
||
5197 | serge | 1119 | { |
6324 | serge | 1120 | if (newsect->size != 0 |
1121 | && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) |
||
1122 | && compression_header_size >= 0 |
||
1123 | && uncompressed_size > 0 |
||
1124 | && (!compressed |
||
1125 | || ((compression_header_size > 0) |
||
1126 | != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))) |
||
5197 | serge | 1127 | action = compress; |
6324 | serge | 1128 | else |
1129 | return TRUE; |
||
5197 | serge | 1130 | } |
1131 | |||
6324 | serge | 1132 | if (action == compress) |
5197 | serge | 1133 | { |
1134 | if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect)) |
||
1135 | { |
||
1136 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
1137 | (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"), |
||
1138 | abfd, name); |
||
1139 | return FALSE; |
||
1140 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 1141 | } |
1142 | else |
||
1143 | { |
||
5197 | serge | 1144 | if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect)) |
1145 | { |
||
1146 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
1147 | (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"), |
||
1148 | abfd, name); |
||
1149 | return FALSE; |
||
1150 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 1151 | } |
1152 | |||
1153 | if (abfd->is_linker_input) |
||
1154 | { |
||
1155 | if (name[1] == 'z' |
||
1156 | && (action == decompress |
||
1157 | || (action == compress |
||
1158 | && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))) |
||
5197 | serge | 1159 | { |
6324 | serge | 1160 | /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so |
1161 | that linker will consider this section as a debug |
||
1162 | section. */ |
||
1163 | char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name); |
||
5197 | serge | 1164 | if (new_name == NULL) |
1165 | return FALSE; |
||
6324 | serge | 1166 | bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name); |
5197 | serge | 1167 | } |
1168 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 1169 | else |
1170 | /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay |
||
1171 | section rename to elf_fake_sections. */ |
||
1172 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME; |
||
5197 | serge | 1173 | } |
1174 | |||
1175 | return TRUE; |
||
1176 | } |
||
1177 | |||
1178 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { |
||
1179 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", |
||
1180 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", |
||
1181 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", |
||
1182 | }; |
||
1183 | |||
1184 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable |
||
1185 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing |
||
1186 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also |
||
1187 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to |
||
1188 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will |
||
1189 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code |
||
1190 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto |
||
1191 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing |
||
1192 | relocatable output against an external symbol. */ |
||
1193 | |||
1194 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
||
1195 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
1196 | arelent *reloc_entry, |
||
1197 | asymbol *symbol, |
||
1198 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
1199 | asection *input_section, |
||
1200 | bfd *output_bfd, |
||
1201 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
||
1202 | { |
||
1203 | if (output_bfd != NULL |
||
1204 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
||
1205 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace |
||
1206 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) |
||
1207 | { |
||
1208 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; |
||
1209 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
||
1210 | } |
||
1211 | |||
1212 | return bfd_reloc_continue; |
||
1213 | } |
||
1214 | |||
1215 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to |
||
1216 | another. */ |
||
1217 | |||
1218 | bfd_boolean |
||
1219 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
||
1220 | { |
||
1221 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
||
1222 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
1223 | return TRUE; |
||
1224 | |||
6324 | serge | 1225 | if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) |
1226 | { |
||
1227 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; |
||
1228 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; |
||
1229 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 1230 | |
1231 | elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); |
||
1232 | |||
6324 | serge | 1233 | /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */ |
1234 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = |
||
1235 | elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI]; |
||
1236 | |||
5197 | serge | 1237 | /* Copy object attributes. */ |
1238 | _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); |
||
6324 | serge | 1239 | |
1240 | /* This is an feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug: When a section's type |
||
1241 | is changed to NOBITS, we preserve the sh_link and sh_info fields so that |
||
1242 | they can be matched up with the original. */ |
||
1243 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** iheaders = elf_elfsections (ibfd); |
||
1244 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd); |
||
1245 | |||
1246 | if (iheaders != NULL && oheaders != NULL) |
||
1247 | { |
||
1248 | unsigned int i; |
||
1249 | |||
1250 | for (i = 0; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++) |
||
1251 | { |
||
1252 | unsigned int j; |
||
1253 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i]; |
||
1254 | |||
1255 | if (oheader == NULL |
||
1256 | || oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS |
||
1257 | || oheader->sh_size == 0 |
||
1258 | || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0)) |
||
1259 | continue; |
||
1260 | |||
1261 | /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd. |
||
1262 | FIXME: We could use something better than a linear scan here. |
||
1263 | Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table |
||
1264 | is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */ |
||
1265 | for (j = 0; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++) |
||
1266 | { |
||
1267 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j]; |
||
1268 | |||
1269 | /* Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections |
||
1270 | into SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type |
||
1271 | matches any input type. */ |
||
1272 | if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
||
1273 | || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type) |
||
1274 | && iheader->sh_flags == oheader->sh_flags |
||
1275 | && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign |
||
1276 | && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize |
||
1277 | && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size |
||
1278 | && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr |
||
1279 | && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info |
||
1280 | || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link)) |
||
1281 | { |
||
1282 | /* Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong. |
||
1283 | The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the |
||
1284 | relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in |
||
1285 | the same location as they were in the input BFD. But the |
||
1286 | whole point of this action is to preserve the original |
||
1287 | values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so that they |
||
1288 | can be matched up with the section headers in the |
||
1289 | original file. So strictly speaking we may be creating |
||
1290 | an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file that just |
||
1291 | contains debug info and only for sections without any |
||
1292 | contents. */ |
||
1293 | if (oheader->sh_link == 0) |
||
1294 | oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link; |
||
1295 | if (oheader->sh_info == 0) |
||
1296 | oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info; |
||
1297 | break; |
||
1298 | } |
||
1299 | } |
||
1300 | } |
||
1301 | } |
||
1302 | |||
5197 | serge | 1303 | return TRUE; |
1304 | } |
||
1305 | |||
1306 | static const char * |
||
1307 | get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) |
||
1308 | { |
||
1309 | const char *pt; |
||
1310 | switch (p_type) |
||
1311 | { |
||
1312 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; |
||
1313 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; |
||
1314 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; |
||
1315 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; |
||
1316 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; |
||
1317 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; |
||
1318 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; |
||
1319 | case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; |
||
1320 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; |
||
1321 | case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; |
||
1322 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; |
||
1323 | default: pt = NULL; break; |
||
1324 | } |
||
1325 | return pt; |
||
1326 | } |
||
1327 | |||
1328 | /* Print out the program headers. */ |
||
1329 | |||
1330 | bfd_boolean |
||
1331 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) |
||
1332 | { |
||
1333 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; |
||
1334 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
||
1335 | asection *s; |
||
1336 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; |
||
1337 | |||
1338 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
||
1339 | if (p != NULL) |
||
1340 | { |
||
1341 | unsigned int i, c; |
||
1342 | |||
1343 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); |
||
1344 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
||
1345 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) |
||
1346 | { |
||
1347 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); |
||
1348 | char buf[20]; |
||
1349 | |||
1350 | if (pt == NULL) |
||
1351 | { |
||
1352 | sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); |
||
1353 | pt = buf; |
||
1354 | } |
||
1355 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); |
||
1356 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); |
||
1357 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); |
||
1358 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); |
||
1359 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); |
||
1360 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); |
||
1361 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); |
||
1362 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); |
||
1363 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); |
||
1364 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); |
||
1365 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); |
||
1366 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", |
||
1367 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', |
||
1368 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', |
||
1369 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); |
||
1370 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) |
||
1371 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); |
||
1372 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
||
1373 | } |
||
1374 | } |
||
1375 | |||
1376 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
||
1377 | if (s != NULL) |
||
1378 | { |
||
1379 | unsigned int elfsec; |
||
1380 | unsigned long shlink; |
||
1381 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; |
||
1382 | size_t extdynsize; |
||
1383 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); |
||
1384 | |||
1385 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); |
||
1386 | |||
1387 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) |
||
1388 | goto error_return; |
||
1389 | |||
1390 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); |
||
1391 | if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) |
||
1392 | goto error_return; |
||
1393 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; |
||
1394 | |||
1395 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; |
||
1396 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; |
||
1397 | |||
1398 | extdyn = dynbuf; |
||
6324 | serge | 1399 | /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */ |
1400 | if (s->size < extdynsize) |
||
1401 | goto error_return; |
||
5197 | serge | 1402 | extdynend = extdyn + s->size; |
6324 | serge | 1403 | /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664. |
1404 | Fix range check. */ |
||
1405 | for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize) |
||
5197 | serge | 1406 | { |
1407 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; |
||
1408 | const char *name = ""; |
||
1409 | char ab[20]; |
||
1410 | bfd_boolean stringp; |
||
1411 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
1412 | |||
1413 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); |
||
1414 | |||
1415 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) |
||
1416 | break; |
||
1417 | |||
1418 | stringp = FALSE; |
||
1419 | switch (dyn.d_tag) |
||
1420 | { |
||
1421 | default: |
||
1422 | if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) |
||
1423 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); |
||
1424 | |||
1425 | if (!strcmp (name, "")) |
||
1426 | { |
||
1427 | sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); |
||
1428 | name = ab; |
||
1429 | } |
||
1430 | break; |
||
1431 | |||
1432 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1433 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; |
||
1434 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; |
||
1435 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; |
||
1436 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; |
||
1437 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; |
||
1438 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; |
||
1439 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; |
||
1440 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; |
||
1441 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; |
||
1442 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; |
||
1443 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; |
||
1444 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; |
||
1445 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1446 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1447 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; |
||
1448 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; |
||
1449 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; |
||
1450 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; |
||
1451 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; |
||
1452 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; |
||
1453 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; |
||
1454 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; |
||
1455 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; |
||
1456 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; |
||
1457 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; |
||
1458 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
||
1459 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
||
1460 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1461 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; |
||
1462 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; |
||
1463 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; |
||
1464 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; |
||
1465 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; |
||
1466 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; |
||
1467 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; |
||
1468 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; |
||
1469 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; |
||
1470 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; |
||
1471 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; |
||
1472 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1473 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1474 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1475 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; |
||
1476 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; |
||
1477 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; |
||
1478 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; |
||
1479 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; |
||
1480 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; |
||
1481 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; |
||
1482 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; |
||
1483 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; |
||
1484 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; |
||
1485 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; |
||
1486 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1487 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; |
||
1488 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; |
||
1489 | case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; |
||
1490 | } |
||
1491 | |||
1492 | fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); |
||
1493 | if (! stringp) |
||
1494 | { |
||
1495 | fprintf (f, "0x"); |
||
1496 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); |
||
1497 | } |
||
1498 | else |
||
1499 | { |
||
1500 | const char *string; |
||
1501 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; |
||
1502 | |||
1503 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); |
||
1504 | if (string == NULL) |
||
1505 | goto error_return; |
||
1506 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); |
||
1507 | } |
||
1508 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
||
1509 | } |
||
1510 | |||
1511 | free (dynbuf); |
||
1512 | dynbuf = NULL; |
||
1513 | } |
||
1514 | |||
1515 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
||
1516 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) |
||
1517 | { |
||
1518 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) |
||
1519 | return FALSE; |
||
1520 | } |
||
1521 | |||
1522 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
||
1523 | { |
||
1524 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; |
||
1525 | |||
1526 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); |
||
1527 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) |
||
1528 | { |
||
1529 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, |
||
1530 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, |
||
1531 | t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : " |
||
1532 | if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) |
||
1533 | { |
||
1534 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; |
||
1535 | |||
1536 | fprintf (f, "\t"); |
||
1537 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; |
||
1538 | a != NULL; |
||
1539 | a = a->vda_nextptr) |
||
1540 | fprintf (f, "%s ", |
||
1541 | a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : " |
||
1542 | fprintf (f, "\n"); |
||
1543 | } |
||
1544 | } |
||
1545 | } |
||
1546 | |||
1547 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
||
1548 | { |
||
1549 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
||
1550 | |||
1551 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); |
||
1552 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) |
||
1553 | { |
||
1554 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
||
1555 | |||
1556 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), |
||
1557 | t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : " |
||
1558 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
||
1559 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, |
||
1560 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, |
||
1561 | a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : " |
||
1562 | } |
||
1563 | } |
||
1564 | |||
1565 | return TRUE; |
||
1566 | |||
1567 | error_return: |
||
1568 | if (dynbuf != NULL) |
||
1569 | free (dynbuf); |
||
1570 | return FALSE; |
||
1571 | } |
||
1572 | |||
6324 | serge | 1573 | /* Get version string. */ |
1574 | |||
1575 | const char * |
||
1576 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol, |
||
1577 | bfd_boolean *hidden) |
||
1578 | { |
||
1579 | const char *version_string = NULL; |
||
1580 | if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0 |
||
1581 | && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)) |
||
1582 | { |
||
1583 | unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version; |
||
1584 | |||
1585 | *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0; |
||
1586 | vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION; |
||
1587 | |||
1588 | if (vernum == 0) |
||
1589 | version_string = ""; |
||
1590 | else if (vernum == 1) |
||
1591 | version_string = "Base"; |
||
1592 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) |
||
1593 | version_string = |
||
1594 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; |
||
1595 | else |
||
1596 | { |
||
1597 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; |
||
1598 | |||
1599 | version_string = ""; |
||
1600 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
||
1601 | t != NULL; |
||
1602 | t = t->vn_nextref) |
||
1603 | { |
||
1604 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; |
||
1605 | |||
1606 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) |
||
1607 | { |
||
1608 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) |
||
1609 | { |
||
1610 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; |
||
1611 | break; |
||
1612 | } |
||
1613 | } |
||
1614 | } |
||
1615 | } |
||
1616 | } |
||
1617 | return version_string; |
||
1618 | } |
||
1619 | |||
5197 | serge | 1620 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ |
1621 | |||
1622 | void |
||
1623 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, |
||
1624 | void *filep, |
||
1625 | asymbol *symbol, |
||
1626 | bfd_print_symbol_type how) |
||
1627 | { |
||
1628 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; |
||
1629 | switch (how) |
||
1630 | { |
||
1631 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: |
||
1632 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); |
||
1633 | break; |
||
1634 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: |
||
1635 | fprintf (file, "elf "); |
||
1636 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); |
||
1637 | fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags); |
||
1638 | break; |
||
1639 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: |
||
1640 | { |
||
1641 | const char *section_name; |
||
1642 | const char *name = NULL; |
||
1643 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
1644 | unsigned char st_other; |
||
1645 | bfd_vma val; |
||
6324 | serge | 1646 | const char *version_string; |
1647 | bfd_boolean hidden; |
||
5197 | serge | 1648 | |
1649 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; |
||
1650 | |||
1651 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
1652 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) |
||
1653 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); |
||
1654 | |||
1655 | if (name == NULL) |
||
1656 | { |
||
1657 | name = symbol->name; |
||
1658 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); |
||
1659 | } |
||
1660 | |||
1661 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); |
||
1662 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, |
||
1663 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. |
||
1664 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and |
||
1665 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ |
||
1666 | if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) |
||
1667 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
||
1668 | else |
||
1669 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
||
1670 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); |
||
1671 | |||
1672 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 1673 | version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd, |
1674 | symbol, |
||
1675 | &hidden); |
||
1676 | if (version_string) |
||
5197 | serge | 1677 | { |
6324 | serge | 1678 | if (!hidden) |
5197 | serge | 1679 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); |
1680 | else |
||
1681 | { |
||
1682 | int i; |
||
1683 | |||
1684 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); |
||
1685 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) |
||
1686 | putc (' ', file); |
||
1687 | } |
||
1688 | } |
||
1689 | |||
1690 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ |
||
1691 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
||
1692 | |||
1693 | switch (st_other) |
||
1694 | { |
||
1695 | case 0: break; |
||
1696 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; |
||
1697 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; |
||
1698 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; |
||
1699 | default: |
||
1700 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print |
||
1701 | everything hex. */ |
||
1702 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); |
||
1703 | } |
||
1704 | |||
1705 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); |
||
1706 | } |
||
1707 | break; |
||
1708 | } |
||
1709 | } |
||
1710 | |||
1711 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ |
||
1712 | |||
1713 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ |
||
1714 | |||
1715 | bfd_boolean |
||
1716 | bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) |
||
1717 | { |
||
1718 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
1719 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; |
||
1720 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
1721 | const char *name; |
||
6324 | serge | 1722 | bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; |
1723 | static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL; |
||
1724 | static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL; |
||
1725 | static unsigned int nesting = 0; |
||
5197 | serge | 1726 | |
1727 | if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
||
1728 | return FALSE; |
||
1729 | |||
6324 | serge | 1730 | if (++ nesting > 3) |
1731 | { |
||
1732 | /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of |
||
1733 | sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the |
||
1734 | loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are |
||
1735 | already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if |
||
1736 | we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries |
||
1737 | can expect to recurse at least once. |
||
1738 | |||
1739 | FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd, |
||
1740 | rather than being held in a static pointer. */ |
||
1741 | |||
1742 | if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd) |
||
1743 | sections_being_created = NULL; |
||
1744 | if (sections_being_created == NULL) |
||
1745 | { |
||
1746 | /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */ |
||
1747 | sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *) |
||
1748 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean)); |
||
1749 | sections_being_created_abfd = abfd; |
||
1750 | } |
||
1751 | if (sections_being_created [shindex]) |
||
1752 | { |
||
1753 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
1754 | (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd); |
||
1755 | return FALSE; |
||
1756 | } |
||
1757 | sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE; |
||
1758 | } |
||
1759 | |||
5197 | serge | 1760 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; |
1761 | ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
||
1762 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, |
||
1763 | hdr->sh_name); |
||
1764 | if (name == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 1765 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 1766 | |
1767 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
1768 | switch (hdr->sh_type) |
||
1769 | { |
||
1770 | case SHT_NULL: |
||
1771 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 1772 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1773 | |
6324 | serge | 1774 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ |
1775 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ |
||
1776 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ |
||
1777 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ |
||
5197 | serge | 1778 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ |
1779 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ |
||
1780 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ |
||
1781 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ |
||
1782 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 1783 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
1784 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 1785 | |
1786 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ |
||
1787 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
||
6324 | serge | 1788 | goto fail; |
1789 | |||
5197 | serge | 1790 | if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)) |
1791 | { |
||
1792 | /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link |
||
1793 | field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */ |
||
1794 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
||
1795 | { |
||
1796 | case bfd_arch_i386: |
||
1797 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
||
1798 | if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */ |
||
1799 | || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */) |
||
1800 | break; |
||
1801 | /* Otherwise fall through. */ |
||
1802 | default: |
||
6324 | serge | 1803 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 1804 | } |
1805 | } |
||
1806 | else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 1807 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 1808 | else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) |
1809 | { |
||
1810 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; |
||
1811 | |||
1812 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus |
||
1813 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the |
||
1814 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ |
||
1815 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) |
||
1816 | { |
||
1817 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; |
||
1818 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
||
1819 | } |
||
1820 | else |
||
1821 | { |
||
1822 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
||
1823 | |||
1824 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
1825 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
||
1826 | { |
||
1827 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
||
1828 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
||
1829 | { |
||
1830 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; |
||
1831 | break; |
||
1832 | } |
||
1833 | } |
||
1834 | } |
||
1835 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 1836 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1837 | |
6324 | serge | 1838 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */ |
5197 | serge | 1839 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
6324 | serge | 1840 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1841 | |
1842 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
||
6324 | serge | 1843 | goto fail; |
1844 | |||
5197 | serge | 1845 | if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) |
1846 | { |
||
1847 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
||
6324 | serge | 1848 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 1849 | /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a |
1850 | zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count |
||
1851 | of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ |
||
1852 | hdr->sh_info = 0; |
||
6324 | serge | 1853 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1854 | } |
6324 | serge | 1855 | |
1856 | /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table. |
||
1857 | Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */ |
||
1858 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0) |
||
1859 | { |
||
1860 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
1861 | (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"), |
||
1862 | abfd, shindex); |
||
1863 | goto success; |
||
1864 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 1865 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
6324 | serge | 1866 | elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr; |
1867 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
||
5197 | serge | 1868 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
1869 | |||
1870 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If |
||
1871 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also |
||
1872 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the |
||
1873 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes |
||
1874 | set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the |
||
1875 | linker. */ |
||
1876 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
||
1877 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 |
||
1878 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
||
1879 | shindex)) |
||
6324 | serge | 1880 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 1881 | |
1882 | /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we |
||
1883 | can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It |
||
1884 | is most likely specified by the next section header. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 1885 | { |
1886 | elf_section_list * entry; |
||
1887 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
||
5197 | serge | 1888 | |
6324 | serge | 1889 | for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) |
1890 | if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex) |
||
1891 | goto success; |
||
1892 | |||
1893 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
1894 | for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
||
1895 | { |
||
1896 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
||
1897 | |||
1898 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
||
1899 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
||
1900 | break; |
||
1901 | } |
||
1902 | |||
1903 | if (i == num_sec) |
||
1904 | for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) |
||
5197 | serge | 1905 | { |
1906 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
||
6324 | serge | 1907 | |
5197 | serge | 1908 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX |
1909 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
||
1910 | break; |
||
1911 | } |
||
1912 | |||
6324 | serge | 1913 | if (i != shindex) |
1914 | ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); |
||
1915 | /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */ |
||
1916 | goto success; |
||
1917 | } |
||
1918 | |||
1919 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */ |
||
5197 | serge | 1920 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) |
6324 | serge | 1921 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1922 | |
1923 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) |
||
6324 | serge | 1924 | goto fail; |
1925 | |||
5197 | serge | 1926 | if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) |
1927 | { |
||
1928 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
||
6324 | serge | 1929 | goto fail; |
1930 | |||
5197 | serge | 1931 | /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a |
1932 | zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count |
||
1933 | of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ |
||
1934 | hdr->sh_info = 0; |
||
6324 | serge | 1935 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1936 | } |
6324 | serge | 1937 | |
1938 | /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table. |
||
1939 | Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */ |
||
1940 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) |
||
1941 | { |
||
1942 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
1943 | (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"), |
||
1944 | abfd, shindex); |
||
1945 | goto success; |
||
1946 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 1947 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; |
1948 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; |
||
1949 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
||
1950 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; |
||
1951 | |||
1952 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular |
||
1953 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 1954 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
1955 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 1956 | |
6324 | serge | 1957 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */ |
1958 | { |
||
1959 | elf_section_list * entry; |
||
5197 | serge | 1960 | |
6324 | serge | 1961 | for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) |
1962 | if (entry->ndx == shindex) |
||
1963 | goto success; |
||
1964 | |||
1965 | entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry); |
||
1966 | if (entry == NULL) |
||
1967 | goto fail; |
||
1968 | entry->ndx = shindex; |
||
1969 | entry->hdr = * hdr; |
||
1970 | entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); |
||
1971 | elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry; |
||
1972 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr; |
||
1973 | goto success; |
||
1974 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 1975 | |
6324 | serge | 1976 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */ |
5197 | serge | 1977 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) |
6324 | serge | 1978 | goto success; |
1979 | |||
5197 | serge | 1980 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) |
1981 | { |
||
1982 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
||
1983 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 1984 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1985 | } |
6324 | serge | 1986 | |
5197 | serge | 1987 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
1988 | { |
||
1989 | symtab_strtab: |
||
1990 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; |
||
1991 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 1992 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 1993 | } |
6324 | serge | 1994 | |
5197 | serge | 1995 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) |
1996 | { |
||
1997 | dynsymtab_strtab: |
||
1998 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; |
||
1999 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; |
||
2000 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; |
||
2001 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy |
||
2002 | can handle it. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 2003 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
2004 | shindex); |
||
2005 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 2006 | } |
2007 | |||
2008 | /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a |
||
2009 | regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, |
||
2010 | just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ |
||
2011 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
||
2012 | { |
||
2013 | unsigned int i, num_sec; |
||
2014 | |||
2015 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
2016 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) |
||
2017 | { |
||
2018 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; |
||
2019 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) |
||
2020 | { |
||
2021 | /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ |
||
2022 | if (i == shindex) |
||
6324 | serge | 2023 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2024 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) |
6324 | serge | 2025 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2026 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) |
2027 | goto symtab_strtab; |
||
2028 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) |
||
2029 | goto dynsymtab_strtab; |
||
2030 | } |
||
2031 | } |
||
2032 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 2033 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2034 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 2035 | |
2036 | case SHT_REL: |
||
2037 | case SHT_RELA: |
||
2038 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ |
||
2039 | { |
||
2040 | asection *target_sect; |
||
2041 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr; |
||
2042 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
2043 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt; |
||
2044 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
2045 | |||
2046 | if (hdr->sh_entsize |
||
2047 | != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL |
||
2048 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) |
||
6324 | serge | 2049 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2050 | |
2051 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ |
||
2052 | if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) |
||
2053 | { |
||
2054 | ((*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
2055 | (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), |
||
2056 | abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); |
||
6324 | serge | 2057 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
2058 | shindex); |
||
2059 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 2060 | } |
2061 | |||
2062 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes |
||
2063 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have |
||
2064 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just |
||
2065 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use |
||
2066 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only |
||
2067 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point |
||
2068 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. |
||
2069 | |||
2070 | Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */ |
||
2071 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 |
||
2072 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB |
||
2073 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) |
||
2074 | { |
||
2075 | unsigned int scan; |
||
2076 | int found; |
||
2077 | |||
2078 | found = 0; |
||
2079 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) |
||
2080 | { |
||
2081 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
||
2082 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
||
2083 | { |
||
2084 | if (found != 0) |
||
2085 | { |
||
2086 | found = 0; |
||
2087 | break; |
||
2088 | } |
||
2089 | found = scan; |
||
2090 | } |
||
2091 | } |
||
2092 | if (found != 0) |
||
2093 | hdr->sh_link = found; |
||
2094 | } |
||
2095 | |||
2096 | /* Get the symbol table. */ |
||
2097 | if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
||
2098 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) |
||
2099 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) |
||
6324 | serge | 2100 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2101 | |
2102 | /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we |
||
2103 | don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately |
||
2104 | represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't |
||
2105 | try. We just present it as a normal section. We also |
||
2106 | can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null |
||
2107 | section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its |
||
2108 | sh_link points to the null section. */ |
||
2109 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) |
||
2110 | || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF |
||
2111 | || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF |
||
2112 | || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec |
||
2113 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL |
||
2114 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
||
6324 | serge | 2115 | { |
2116 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
||
2117 | shindex); |
||
2118 | goto success; |
||
2119 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 2120 | |
2121 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) |
||
6324 | serge | 2122 | goto fail; |
2123 | |||
5197 | serge | 2124 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); |
2125 | if (target_sect == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 2126 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2127 | |
2128 | esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect); |
||
2129 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
||
2130 | p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr; |
||
2131 | else |
||
2132 | p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr; |
||
2133 | |||
6324 | serge | 2134 | /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */ |
2135 | if (*p_hdr != NULL) |
||
2136 | goto fail; |
||
5197 | serge | 2137 | amt = sizeof (*hdr2); |
2138 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); |
||
2139 | if (hdr2 == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 2140 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2141 | *hdr2 = *hdr; |
2142 | *p_hdr = hdr2; |
||
2143 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; |
||
2144 | target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); |
||
2145 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; |
||
2146 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; |
||
2147 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; |
||
2148 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether |
||
2149 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ |
||
2150 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
||
2151 | { |
||
2152 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
||
2153 | target_sect->use_rela_p = 1; |
||
2154 | } |
||
2155 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; |
||
6324 | serge | 2156 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 2157 | } |
2158 | |||
2159 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
||
2160 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; |
||
2161 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 2162 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2163 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 2164 | |
2165 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
||
2166 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) |
||
6324 | serge | 2167 | goto fail; |
2168 | |||
5197 | serge | 2169 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; |
2170 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 2171 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2172 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 2173 | |
2174 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
||
2175 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; |
||
2176 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 2177 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
2178 | goto success; |
||
5197 | serge | 2179 | |
2180 | case SHT_SHLIB: |
||
6324 | serge | 2181 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 2182 | |
2183 | case SHT_GROUP: |
||
2184 | if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) |
||
6324 | serge | 2185 | goto fail; |
2186 | |||
5197 | serge | 2187 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
6324 | serge | 2188 | goto fail; |
2189 | |||
5197 | serge | 2190 | if (hdr->contents != NULL) |
2191 | { |
||
2192 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; |
||
6324 | serge | 2193 | unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (* idx); |
5197 | serge | 2194 | asection *s; |
2195 | |||
6324 | serge | 2196 | if (n_elt == 0) |
2197 | goto fail; |
||
5197 | serge | 2198 | if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) |
2199 | hdr->bfd_section->flags |
||
2200 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; |
||
2201 | |||
2202 | /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ |
||
2203 | idx += n_elt; |
||
6324 | serge | 2204 | |
5197 | serge | 2205 | while (--n_elt != 0) |
2206 | { |
||
2207 | --idx; |
||
2208 | |||
2209 | if (idx->shdr != NULL |
||
2210 | && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL |
||
2211 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) |
||
2212 | { |
||
2213 | elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; |
||
2214 | break; |
||
2215 | } |
||
2216 | } |
||
2217 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 2218 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 2219 | |
2220 | default: |
||
2221 | /* Possibly an attributes section. */ |
||
2222 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES |
||
2223 | || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) |
||
2224 | { |
||
2225 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
||
6324 | serge | 2226 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2227 | _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); |
6324 | serge | 2228 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 2229 | } |
2230 | |||
2231 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ |
||
2232 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) |
||
6324 | serge | 2233 | goto success; |
5197 | serge | 2234 | |
2235 | if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) |
||
2236 | { |
||
2237 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
2238 | /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved |
||
2239 | for applications? */ |
||
2240 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
2241 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " |
||
2242 | "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
||
2243 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
||
2244 | else |
||
6324 | serge | 2245 | { |
2246 | /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ |
||
2247 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, |
||
2248 | shindex); |
||
2249 | goto success; |
||
2250 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 2251 | } |
2252 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC |
||
2253 | && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) |
||
2254 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
||
2255 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
2256 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " |
||
2257 | "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
||
2258 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
||
2259 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) |
||
2260 | { |
||
2261 | /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ |
||
2262 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) |
||
2263 | /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is |
||
2264 | required to correctly process the section and the file should |
||
2265 | be rejected with an error message. */ |
||
2266 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
2267 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " |
||
2268 | "`%s' [0x%8x]"), |
||
2269 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
||
2270 | else |
||
6324 | serge | 2271 | { |
2272 | /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ |
||
2273 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); |
||
2274 | goto success; |
||
2275 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 2276 | } |
2277 | else |
||
2278 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ |
||
2279 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
2280 | (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), |
||
2281 | abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); |
||
2282 | |||
6324 | serge | 2283 | goto fail; |
5197 | serge | 2284 | } |
2285 | |||
6324 | serge | 2286 | fail: |
2287 | ret = FALSE; |
||
2288 | success: |
||
2289 | if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd) |
||
2290 | sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE; |
||
2291 | if (-- nesting == 0) |
||
2292 | { |
||
2293 | sections_being_created = NULL; |
||
2294 | sections_being_created_abfd = abfd; |
||
2295 | } |
||
2296 | return ret; |
||
5197 | serge | 2297 | } |
2298 | |||
2299 | /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */ |
||
2300 | |||
2301 | Elf_Internal_Sym * |
||
2302 | bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache, |
||
2303 | bfd *abfd, |
||
2304 | unsigned long r_symndx) |
||
2305 | { |
||
2306 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; |
||
2307 | |||
2308 | if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) |
||
2309 | { |
||
2310 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
||
2311 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; |
||
2312 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; |
||
2313 | |||
2314 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
||
2315 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, |
||
2316 | &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL) |
||
2317 | return NULL; |
||
2318 | |||
2319 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) |
||
2320 | { |
||
2321 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); |
||
2322 | cache->abfd = abfd; |
||
2323 | } |
||
2324 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; |
||
2325 | } |
||
2326 | |||
2327 | return &cache->sym[ent]; |
||
2328 | } |
||
2329 | |||
2330 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD |
||
2331 | section. */ |
||
2332 | |||
2333 | asection * |
||
2334 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index) |
||
2335 | { |
||
2336 | if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) |
||
2337 | return NULL; |
||
2338 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section; |
||
2339 | } |
||
2340 | |||
2341 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = |
||
2342 | { |
||
2343 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2344 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2345 | }; |
||
2346 | |||
2347 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = |
||
2348 | { |
||
2349 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2350 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2351 | }; |
||
2352 | |||
2353 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = |
||
2354 | { |
||
2355 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2356 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2357 | /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here |
||
2358 | unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section |
||
2359 | attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */ |
||
2360 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2361 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2362 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2363 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2364 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2365 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2366 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2367 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2368 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2369 | }; |
||
2370 | |||
2371 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = |
||
2372 | { |
||
2373 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
||
2374 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2375 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2376 | }; |
||
2377 | |||
2378 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = |
||
2379 | { |
||
2380 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2381 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE }, |
||
2382 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2383 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, |
||
2384 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, |
||
2385 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, |
||
2386 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2387 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2388 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2389 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2390 | }; |
||
2391 | |||
2392 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = |
||
2393 | { |
||
2394 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2395 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2396 | }; |
||
2397 | |||
2398 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = |
||
2399 | { |
||
2400 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
||
2401 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2402 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2403 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2404 | }; |
||
2405 | |||
2406 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = |
||
2407 | { |
||
2408 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2409 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2410 | }; |
||
2411 | |||
2412 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = |
||
2413 | { |
||
2414 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2415 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, |
||
2416 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2417 | }; |
||
2418 | |||
2419 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = |
||
2420 | { |
||
2421 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, |
||
2422 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
||
2423 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2424 | }; |
||
2425 | |||
2426 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = |
||
2427 | { |
||
2428 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2429 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, |
||
2430 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, |
||
2431 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, |
||
2432 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2433 | }; |
||
2434 | |||
2435 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = |
||
2436 | { |
||
2437 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
||
2438 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
||
2439 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, |
||
2440 | /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of |
||
2441 | this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ |
||
2442 | { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, |
||
2443 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2444 | }; |
||
2445 | |||
2446 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = |
||
2447 | { |
||
2448 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, |
||
2449 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
||
2450 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, |
||
2451 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2452 | }; |
||
2453 | |||
2454 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = |
||
2455 | { |
||
2456 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2457 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2458 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2459 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, |
||
2460 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } |
||
2461 | }; |
||
2462 | |||
2463 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] = |
||
2464 | { |
||
2465 | special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ |
||
2466 | special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ |
||
2467 | special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ |
||
2468 | NULL, /* 'e' */ |
||
2469 | special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ |
||
2470 | special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ |
||
2471 | special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ |
||
2472 | special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ |
||
2473 | NULL, /* 'j' */ |
||
2474 | NULL, /* 'k' */ |
||
2475 | special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ |
||
2476 | NULL, /* 'm' */ |
||
2477 | special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ |
||
2478 | NULL, /* 'o' */ |
||
2479 | special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ |
||
2480 | NULL, /* 'q' */ |
||
2481 | special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ |
||
2482 | special_sections_s, /* 's' */ |
||
2483 | special_sections_t, /* 't' */ |
||
2484 | NULL, /* 'u' */ |
||
2485 | NULL, /* 'v' */ |
||
2486 | NULL, /* 'w' */ |
||
2487 | NULL, /* 'x' */ |
||
2488 | NULL, /* 'y' */ |
||
2489 | special_sections_z /* 'z' */ |
||
2490 | }; |
||
2491 | |||
2492 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
||
2493 | _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, |
||
2494 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, |
||
2495 | unsigned int rela) |
||
2496 | { |
||
2497 | int i; |
||
2498 | int len; |
||
2499 | |||
2500 | len = strlen (name); |
||
2501 | |||
2502 | for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) |
||
2503 | { |
||
2504 | int suffix_len; |
||
2505 | int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; |
||
2506 | |||
2507 | if (len < prefix_len) |
||
2508 | continue; |
||
2509 | if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) |
||
2510 | continue; |
||
2511 | |||
2512 | suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; |
||
2513 | if (suffix_len <= 0) |
||
2514 | { |
||
2515 | if (name[prefix_len] != 0) |
||
2516 | { |
||
2517 | if (suffix_len == 0) |
||
2518 | continue; |
||
2519 | if (name[prefix_len] != '.' |
||
2520 | && (suffix_len == -2 |
||
2521 | || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) |
||
2522 | continue; |
||
2523 | } |
||
2524 | } |
||
2525 | else |
||
2526 | { |
||
2527 | if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) |
||
2528 | continue; |
||
2529 | if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, |
||
2530 | spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, |
||
2531 | suffix_len) != 0) |
||
2532 | continue; |
||
2533 | } |
||
2534 | return &spec[i]; |
||
2535 | } |
||
2536 | |||
2537 | return NULL; |
||
2538 | } |
||
2539 | |||
2540 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * |
||
2541 | _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
||
2542 | { |
||
2543 | int i; |
||
2544 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; |
||
2545 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
2546 | |||
2547 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ |
||
2548 | if (sec->name == NULL) |
||
2549 | return NULL; |
||
2550 | |||
2551 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
2552 | spec = bed->special_sections; |
||
2553 | if (spec) |
||
2554 | { |
||
2555 | spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, |
||
2556 | bed->special_sections, |
||
2557 | sec->use_rela_p); |
||
2558 | if (spec != NULL) |
||
2559 | return spec; |
||
2560 | } |
||
2561 | |||
2562 | if (sec->name[0] != '.') |
||
2563 | return NULL; |
||
2564 | |||
2565 | i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; |
||
2566 | if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') |
||
2567 | return NULL; |
||
2568 | |||
2569 | spec = special_sections[i]; |
||
2570 | |||
2571 | if (spec == NULL) |
||
2572 | return NULL; |
||
2573 | |||
2574 | return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); |
||
2575 | } |
||
2576 | |||
2577 | bfd_boolean |
||
2578 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) |
||
2579 | { |
||
2580 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; |
||
2581 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
2582 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; |
||
2583 | |||
2584 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; |
||
2585 | if (sdata == NULL) |
||
2586 | { |
||
2587 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, |
||
2588 | sizeof (*sdata)); |
||
2589 | if (sdata == NULL) |
||
2590 | return FALSE; |
||
2591 | sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; |
||
2592 | } |
||
2593 | |||
2594 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ |
||
2595 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
2596 | sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; |
||
2597 | |||
2598 | /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and |
||
2599 | flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr |
||
2600 | anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker |
||
2601 | created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will |
||
2602 | set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in |
||
2603 | elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array |
||
2604 | output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input |
||
2605 | sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to |
||
2606 | copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */ |
||
2607 | if (abfd->direction != read_direction |
||
2608 | || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) |
||
2609 | { |
||
2610 | ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); |
||
2611 | if (ssect != NULL |
||
2612 | && (!sec->flags |
||
2613 | || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 |
||
2614 | || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY |
||
2615 | || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY)) |
||
2616 | { |
||
2617 | elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; |
||
2618 | elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; |
||
2619 | } |
||
2620 | } |
||
2621 | |||
2622 | return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); |
||
2623 | } |
||
2624 | |||
2625 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. |
||
2626 | |||
2627 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name |
||
2628 | of the form segment |
||
2629 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we |
||
2630 | generate the names segment |
||
2631 | |||
2632 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than |
||
2633 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the |
||
2634 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, |
||
2635 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the |
||
2636 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting |
||
2637 | of combined data+bss. |
||
2638 | |||
2639 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections |
||
2640 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by |
||
2641 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified |
||
2642 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split |
||
2643 | into its initialized and uninitialized parts. |
||
2644 | |||
2645 | */ |
||
2646 | |||
2647 | bfd_boolean |
||
2648 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, |
||
2649 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, |
||
2650 | int hdr_index, |
||
2651 | const char *type_name) |
||
2652 | { |
||
2653 | asection *newsect; |
||
2654 | char *name; |
||
2655 | char namebuf[64]; |
||
2656 | size_t len; |
||
2657 | int split; |
||
2658 | |||
2659 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) |
||
2660 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
||
2661 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); |
||
2662 | |||
2663 | if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) |
||
2664 | { |
||
2665 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : ""); |
||
2666 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
||
2667 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
2668 | if (!name) |
||
2669 | return FALSE; |
||
2670 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
||
2671 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
||
2672 | if (newsect == NULL) |
||
2673 | return FALSE; |
||
2674 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; |
||
2675 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; |
||
2676 | newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; |
||
2677 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; |
||
2678 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
||
2679 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); |
||
2680 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
||
2681 | { |
||
2682 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
||
2683 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; |
||
2684 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
||
2685 | { |
||
2686 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, |
||
2687 | may be data. */ |
||
2688 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
||
2689 | } |
||
2690 | } |
||
2691 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
||
2692 | { |
||
2693 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
||
2694 | } |
||
2695 | } |
||
2696 | |||
2697 | if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) |
||
2698 | { |
||
2699 | bfd_vma align; |
||
2700 | |||
2701 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : ""); |
||
2702 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; |
||
2703 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
2704 | if (!name) |
||
2705 | return FALSE; |
||
2706 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); |
||
2707 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); |
||
2708 | if (newsect == NULL) |
||
2709 | return FALSE; |
||
2710 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
||
2711 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; |
||
2712 | newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; |
||
2713 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; |
||
2714 | align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; |
||
2715 | if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) |
||
2716 | align = hdr->p_align; |
||
2717 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); |
||
2718 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
||
2719 | { |
||
2720 | /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do |
||
2721 | not have their contents written to a core file, on the |
||
2722 | assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the |
||
2723 | executable. We flag this case by setting the fake |
||
2724 | section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will |
||
2725 | always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ |
||
2726 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
||
2727 | newsect->size = 0; |
||
2728 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; |
||
2729 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) |
||
2730 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; |
||
2731 | } |
||
2732 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) |
||
2733 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; |
||
2734 | } |
||
2735 | |||
2736 | return TRUE; |
||
2737 | } |
||
2738 | |||
2739 | bfd_boolean |
||
2740 | bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index) |
||
2741 | { |
||
2742 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
2743 | |||
2744 | switch (hdr->p_type) |
||
2745 | { |
||
2746 | case PT_NULL: |
||
2747 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null"); |
||
2748 | |||
2749 | case PT_LOAD: |
||
2750 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load"); |
||
2751 | |||
2752 | case PT_DYNAMIC: |
||
2753 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic"); |
||
2754 | |||
2755 | case PT_INTERP: |
||
2756 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp"); |
||
2757 | |||
2758 | case PT_NOTE: |
||
2759 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note")) |
||
2760 | return FALSE; |
||
2761 | if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) |
||
2762 | return FALSE; |
||
2763 | return TRUE; |
||
2764 | |||
2765 | case PT_SHLIB: |
||
2766 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib"); |
||
2767 | |||
2768 | case PT_PHDR: |
||
2769 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr"); |
||
2770 | |||
2771 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: |
||
2772 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, |
||
2773 | "eh_frame_hdr"); |
||
2774 | |||
2775 | case PT_GNU_STACK: |
||
2776 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack"); |
||
2777 | |||
2778 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: |
||
2779 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro"); |
||
2780 | |||
2781 | default: |
||
2782 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ |
||
2783 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
2784 | return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc"); |
||
2785 | } |
||
2786 | } |
||
2787 | |||
2788 | /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either |
||
2789 | REL or RELA. */ |
||
2790 | |||
2791 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * |
||
2792 | _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec) |
||
2793 | { |
||
2794 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr) |
||
2795 | { |
||
2796 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL); |
||
2797 | return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr; |
||
2798 | } |
||
2799 | else |
||
2800 | return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr; |
||
2801 | } |
||
2802 | |||
6324 | serge | 2803 | static bfd_boolean |
2804 | _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd, |
||
2805 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, |
||
2806 | const char *sec_name, |
||
2807 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p) |
||
2808 | { |
||
2809 | char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, |
||
2810 | sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name)); |
||
2811 | if (name == NULL) |
||
2812 | return FALSE; |
||
2813 | |||
2814 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name); |
||
2815 | rel_hdr->sh_name = |
||
2816 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, |
||
2817 | FALSE); |
||
2818 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
||
2819 | return FALSE; |
||
2820 | |||
2821 | return TRUE; |
||
2822 | } |
||
2823 | |||
5197 | serge | 2824 | /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section, |
2825 | containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If |
||
2826 | USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL |
||
2827 | relocations. */ |
||
2828 | |||
2829 | static bfd_boolean |
||
2830 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, |
||
2831 | struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata, |
||
6324 | serge | 2832 | const char *sec_name, |
2833 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p, |
||
2834 | bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p) |
||
5197 | serge | 2835 | { |
2836 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; |
||
2837 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
2838 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
2839 | |||
2840 | amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); |
||
2841 | BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL); |
||
2842 | rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
2843 | reldata->hdr = rel_hdr; |
||
2844 | |||
6324 | serge | 2845 | if (delay_st_name_p) |
2846 | rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1; |
||
2847 | else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name, |
||
2848 | use_rela_p)) |
||
5197 | serge | 2849 | return FALSE; |
2850 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; |
||
2851 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p |
||
2852 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela |
||
2853 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); |
||
2854 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
||
2855 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
||
2856 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
||
2857 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
||
2858 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
||
2859 | |||
2860 | return TRUE; |
||
2861 | } |
||
2862 | |||
2863 | /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */ |
||
2864 | |||
2865 | int |
||
2866 | bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags) |
||
2867 | { |
||
2868 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
||
2869 | && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) |
||
2870 | return SHT_NOBITS; |
||
2871 | return SHT_PROGBITS; |
||
2872 | } |
||
2873 | |||
2874 | struct fake_section_arg |
||
2875 | { |
||
2876 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; |
||
2877 | bfd_boolean failed; |
||
2878 | }; |
||
2879 | |||
2880 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ |
||
2881 | |||
2882 | static void |
||
2883 | elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg) |
||
2884 | { |
||
2885 | struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg; |
||
2886 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
2887 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect); |
||
2888 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
||
2889 | unsigned int sh_type; |
||
6324 | serge | 2890 | const char *name = asect->name; |
2891 | bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE; |
||
5197 | serge | 2892 | |
2893 | if (arg->failed) |
||
2894 | { |
||
2895 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections |
||
2896 | loop. */ |
||
2897 | return; |
||
2898 | } |
||
2899 | |||
2900 | this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr; |
||
2901 | |||
6324 | serge | 2902 | if (arg->link_info) |
5197 | serge | 2903 | { |
6324 | serge | 2904 | /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */ |
2905 | if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG) |
||
2906 | && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) |
||
2907 | && name[1] == 'd' |
||
2908 | && name[6] == '_') |
||
2909 | { |
||
2910 | /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be |
||
2911 | compressed. */ |
||
2912 | asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS; |
||
2913 | |||
2914 | /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion |
||
2915 | name to section name section after it is compressed in |
||
2916 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ |
||
2917 | delay_st_name_p = TRUE; |
||
2918 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 2919 | } |
6324 | serge | 2920 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME)) |
2921 | { |
||
2922 | /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */ |
||
2923 | if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI))) |
||
2924 | { |
||
2925 | /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED, |
||
2926 | convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if |
||
2927 | needed. */ |
||
2928 | if (name[1] == 'z') |
||
2929 | { |
||
2930 | char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name); |
||
2931 | if (new_name == NULL) |
||
2932 | { |
||
2933 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
||
2934 | return; |
||
2935 | } |
||
2936 | name = new_name; |
||
2937 | } |
||
2938 | } |
||
2939 | else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE) |
||
2940 | { |
||
2941 | /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a |
||
2942 | section smaller. So only rename the section when |
||
2943 | compression has actually taken place. If input section |
||
2944 | name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */ |
||
2945 | char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name); |
||
2946 | if (new_name == NULL) |
||
2947 | { |
||
2948 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
||
2949 | return; |
||
2950 | } |
||
2951 | BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z'); |
||
2952 | name = new_name; |
||
2953 | } |
||
2954 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 2955 | |
6324 | serge | 2956 | if (delay_st_name_p) |
2957 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1; |
||
2958 | else |
||
2959 | { |
||
2960 | this_hdr->sh_name |
||
2961 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
||
2962 | name, FALSE); |
||
2963 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
||
2964 | { |
||
2965 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
||
2966 | return; |
||
2967 | } |
||
2968 | } |
||
2969 | |||
5197 | serge | 2970 | /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ |
2971 | |||
2972 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
||
2973 | || asect->user_set_vma) |
||
2974 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; |
||
2975 | else |
||
2976 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
||
2977 | |||
2978 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; |
||
2979 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; |
||
2980 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
||
6324 | serge | 2981 | /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */ |
2982 | if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1) |
||
2983 | { |
||
2984 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
2985 | (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"), |
||
2986 | abfd, asect, asect->alignment_power); |
||
2987 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
||
2988 | return; |
||
2989 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 2990 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; |
2991 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by |
||
2992 | copy_private_section_data. */ |
||
2993 | |||
2994 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; |
||
2995 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; |
||
2996 | |||
2997 | /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on |
||
2998 | asect->flags. */ |
||
2999 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) |
||
3000 | sh_type = SHT_GROUP; |
||
3001 | else |
||
3002 | sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags); |
||
3003 | |||
3004 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) |
||
3005 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
||
3006 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
||
3007 | && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS |
||
3008 | && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
3009 | { |
||
3010 | /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but |
||
3011 | allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link |
||
3012 | non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data |
||
3013 | to a bss output section via a linker script. */ |
||
3014 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
3015 | (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); |
||
3016 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
||
3017 | } |
||
3018 | |||
3019 | switch (this_hdr->sh_type) |
||
3020 | { |
||
3021 | default: |
||
3022 | break; |
||
3023 | |||
3024 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
||
3025 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: |
||
3026 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: |
||
3027 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: |
||
3028 | case SHT_NOTE: |
||
3029 | case SHT_NOBITS: |
||
3030 | case SHT_PROGBITS: |
||
3031 | break; |
||
3032 | |||
3033 | case SHT_HASH: |
||
3034 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; |
||
3035 | break; |
||
3036 | |||
3037 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
||
3038 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
||
3039 | break; |
||
3040 | |||
3041 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
||
3042 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; |
||
3043 | break; |
||
3044 | |||
3045 | case SHT_RELA: |
||
3046 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) |
||
3047 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; |
||
3048 | break; |
||
3049 | |||
3050 | case SHT_REL: |
||
3051 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) |
||
3052 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; |
||
3053 | break; |
||
3054 | |||
3055 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
||
3056 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); |
||
3057 | break; |
||
3058 | |||
3059 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
||
3060 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
||
3061 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
||
3062 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be |
||
3063 | zero. */ |
||
3064 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
||
3065 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; |
||
3066 | else |
||
3067 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 |
||
3068 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); |
||
3069 | break; |
||
3070 | |||
3071 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
||
3072 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
||
3073 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set |
||
3074 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be |
||
3075 | zero. */ |
||
3076 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) |
||
3077 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; |
||
3078 | else |
||
3079 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 |
||
3080 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); |
||
3081 | break; |
||
3082 | |||
3083 | case SHT_GROUP: |
||
3084 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; |
||
3085 | break; |
||
3086 | |||
3087 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
||
3088 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; |
||
3089 | break; |
||
3090 | } |
||
3091 | |||
3092 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
3093 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; |
||
3094 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
||
3095 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; |
||
3096 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) |
||
3097 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; |
||
3098 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) |
||
3099 | { |
||
3100 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; |
||
3101 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; |
||
3102 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) |
||
3103 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; |
||
3104 | } |
||
3105 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) |
||
3106 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; |
||
3107 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
||
3108 | { |
||
3109 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; |
||
3110 | if (asect->size == 0 |
||
3111 | && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) |
||
3112 | { |
||
3113 | struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; |
||
3114 | |||
3115 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0; |
||
3116 | if (o != NULL) |
||
3117 | { |
||
3118 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; |
||
3119 | if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) |
||
3120 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; |
||
3121 | } |
||
3122 | } |
||
3123 | } |
||
3124 | if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE) |
||
3125 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE; |
||
3126 | |||
3127 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the |
||
3128 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for |
||
3129 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to |
||
3130 | create the other. */ |
||
3131 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) |
||
3132 | { |
||
3133 | /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if |
||
3134 | needed. */ |
||
3135 | if (arg->link_info |
||
3136 | /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */ |
||
3137 | && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0 |
||
6324 | serge | 3138 | && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info) |
3139 | || arg->link_info->emitrelocations)) |
||
5197 | serge | 3140 | { |
3141 | if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL |
||
6324 | serge | 3142 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, FALSE, |
3143 | delay_st_name_p)) |
||
5197 | serge | 3144 | { |
3145 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
||
3146 | return; |
||
3147 | } |
||
3148 | if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL |
||
6324 | serge | 3149 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, TRUE, |
3150 | delay_st_name_p)) |
||
5197 | serge | 3151 | { |
3152 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
||
3153 | return; |
||
3154 | } |
||
3155 | } |
||
3156 | else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, |
||
3157 | (asect->use_rela_p |
||
3158 | ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel), |
||
6324 | serge | 3159 | name, |
3160 | asect->use_rela_p, |
||
3161 | delay_st_name_p)) |
||
5197 | serge | 3162 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
3163 | } |
||
3164 | |||
3165 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ |
||
3166 | sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; |
||
3167 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections |
||
3168 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) |
||
3169 | arg->failed = TRUE; |
||
3170 | |||
3171 | if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) |
||
3172 | { |
||
3173 | /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being |
||
3174 | called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ |
||
3175 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; |
||
3176 | } |
||
3177 | } |
||
3178 | |||
3179 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from |
||
3180 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and |
||
3181 | when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r |
||
3182 | from bfd_elf_final_link. */ |
||
3183 | |||
3184 | void |
||
3185 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) |
||
3186 | { |
||
3187 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg; |
||
3188 | asection *elt, *first; |
||
3189 | unsigned char *loc; |
||
3190 | bfd_boolean gas; |
||
3191 | |||
3192 | /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in |
||
3193 | elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
||
3194 | if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) |
||
3195 | || *failedptr) |
||
3196 | return; |
||
3197 | |||
3198 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) |
||
3199 | { |
||
3200 | unsigned long symindx = 0; |
||
3201 | |||
3202 | /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the |
||
3203 | generic linker. */ |
||
3204 | if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) |
||
3205 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; |
||
3206 | |||
3207 | if (symindx == 0) |
||
3208 | { |
||
3209 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up |
||
3210 | elf_section_syms. */ |
||
3211 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL); |
||
3212 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; |
||
3213 | } |
||
3214 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; |
||
3215 | } |
||
3216 | else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) |
||
3217 | { |
||
3218 | /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group |
||
3219 | signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be |
||
3220 | set until all local symbols are output. */ |
||
3221 | asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); |
||
3222 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); |
||
3223 | unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; |
||
3224 | unsigned long extsymoff = 0; |
||
3225 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; |
||
3226 | |||
3227 | if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) |
||
3228 | { |
||
3229 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
||
3230 | |||
3231 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; |
||
3232 | extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; |
||
3233 | } |
||
3234 | h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; |
||
3235 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect |
||
3236 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) |
||
3237 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; |
||
3238 | |||
3239 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; |
||
3240 | } |
||
3241 | |||
3242 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ |
||
3243 | gas = TRUE; |
||
3244 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
||
3245 | { |
||
3246 | gas = FALSE; |
||
3247 | sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); |
||
3248 | |||
3249 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ |
||
3250 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; |
||
3251 | if (sec->contents == NULL) |
||
3252 | { |
||
3253 | *failedptr = TRUE; |
||
3254 | return; |
||
3255 | } |
||
3256 | } |
||
3257 | |||
3258 | loc = sec->contents + sec->size; |
||
3259 | |||
3260 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas |
||
3261 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the |
||
3262 | start of the input section group. */ |
||
3263 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); |
||
3264 | |||
3265 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section |
||
3266 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards |
||
3267 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section |
||
3268 | directives, not that it matters. */ |
||
3269 | while (elt != NULL) |
||
3270 | { |
||
3271 | asection *s; |
||
3272 | |||
3273 | s = elt; |
||
3274 | if (!gas) |
||
3275 | s = s->output_section; |
||
3276 | if (s != NULL |
||
3277 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (s)) |
||
3278 | { |
||
3279 | unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
||
3280 | |||
3281 | loc -= 4; |
||
3282 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); |
||
3283 | } |
||
3284 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); |
||
3285 | if (elt == first) |
||
3286 | break; |
||
3287 | } |
||
3288 | |||
3289 | if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) |
||
3290 | abort (); |
||
3291 | |||
3292 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); |
||
3293 | } |
||
3294 | |||
6324 | serge | 3295 | /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */ |
3296 | |||
3297 | asection * |
||
3298 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec) |
||
3299 | { |
||
3300 | const char *name; |
||
3301 | unsigned int type; |
||
3302 | bfd *abfd; |
||
3303 | |||
3304 | if (reloc_sec == NULL) |
||
3305 | return NULL; |
||
3306 | |||
3307 | type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type; |
||
3308 | if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA) |
||
3309 | return NULL; |
||
3310 | |||
3311 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ |
||
3312 | name = reloc_sec->name; |
||
3313 | if (type == SHT_REL) |
||
3314 | name += 4; |
||
3315 | else |
||
3316 | name += 5; |
||
3317 | |||
3318 | /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt |
||
3319 | section apply to .got.plt section. */ |
||
3320 | abfd = reloc_sec->owner; |
||
3321 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt |
||
3322 | && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0) |
||
3323 | { |
||
3324 | /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped |
||
3325 | to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */ |
||
3326 | name = ".got.plt"; |
||
3327 | reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
||
3328 | if (reloc_sec != NULL) |
||
3329 | return reloc_sec; |
||
3330 | name = ".got"; |
||
3331 | } |
||
3332 | |||
3333 | reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); |
||
3334 | return reloc_sec; |
||
3335 | } |
||
3336 | |||
5197 | serge | 3337 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here |
3338 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled |
||
3339 | in here too, while we're at it. */ |
||
3340 | |||
3341 | static bfd_boolean |
||
3342 | assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
||
3343 | { |
||
3344 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
||
3345 | asection *sec; |
||
6324 | serge | 3346 | unsigned int section_number; |
5197 | serge | 3347 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
3348 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; |
||
3349 | bfd_boolean need_symtab; |
||
3350 | |||
3351 | section_number = 1; |
||
3352 | |||
3353 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
||
3354 | |||
3355 | /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 3356 | if (link_info == NULL || bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)) |
5197 | serge | 3357 | { |
3358 | /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ |
||
3359 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) |
||
3360 | { |
||
3361 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
||
3362 | |||
3363 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) |
||
3364 | { |
||
3365 | if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) |
||
3366 | { |
||
3367 | /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ |
||
3368 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); |
||
3369 | abfd->section_count--; |
||
3370 | } |
||
3371 | else |
||
3372 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
||
3373 | } |
||
3374 | } |
||
3375 | } |
||
3376 | |||
3377 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
||
3378 | { |
||
3379 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
||
3380 | |||
3381 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) |
||
3382 | d->this_idx = section_number++; |
||
6324 | serge | 3383 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) |
3384 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); |
||
5197 | serge | 3385 | if (d->rel.hdr) |
3386 | { |
||
3387 | d->rel.idx = section_number++; |
||
6324 | serge | 3388 | if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) |
3389 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name); |
||
5197 | serge | 3390 | } |
3391 | else |
||
3392 | d->rel.idx = 0; |
||
3393 | |||
3394 | if (d->rela.hdr) |
||
3395 | { |
||
3396 | d->rela.idx = section_number++; |
||
6324 | serge | 3397 | if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) |
3398 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name); |
||
5197 | serge | 3399 | } |
3400 | else |
||
3401 | d->rela.idx = 0; |
||
3402 | } |
||
3403 | |||
3404 | elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; |
||
3405 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); |
||
3406 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); |
||
3407 | |||
3408 | need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 |
||
3409 | || (link_info == NULL |
||
3410 | && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) |
||
3411 | == HAS_RELOC))); |
||
3412 | if (need_symtab) |
||
3413 | { |
||
3414 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++; |
||
3415 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); |
||
3416 | if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) |
||
3417 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 3418 | elf_section_list * entry; |
3419 | |||
3420 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL); |
||
3421 | |||
3422 | entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry); |
||
3423 | entry->ndx = section_number++; |
||
3424 | elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry; |
||
3425 | entry->hdr.sh_name |
||
5197 | serge | 3426 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
3427 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); |
||
6324 | serge | 3428 | if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
5197 | serge | 3429 | return FALSE; |
3430 | } |
||
3431 | elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; |
||
3432 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); |
||
3433 | } |
||
3434 | |||
3435 | if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE) |
||
3436 | { |
||
3437 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"), |
||
3438 | abfd, section_number); |
||
3439 | return FALSE; |
||
3440 | } |
||
3441 | |||
3442 | elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; |
||
3443 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; |
||
3444 | |||
3445 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the |
||
3446 | indices. */ |
||
3447 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, |
||
3448 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); |
||
3449 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) |
||
3450 | return FALSE; |
||
3451 | |||
3452 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, |
||
3453 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); |
||
3454 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) |
||
3455 | { |
||
3456 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); |
||
3457 | return FALSE; |
||
3458 | } |
||
3459 | |||
3460 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; |
||
3461 | |||
3462 | i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; |
||
3463 | if (need_symtab) |
||
3464 | { |
||
3465 | i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr; |
||
3466 | if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) |
||
3467 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 3468 | elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); |
3469 | BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL); |
||
3470 | i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr; |
||
3471 | entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
||
5197 | serge | 3472 | } |
3473 | i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr; |
||
3474 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); |
||
3475 | } |
||
3476 | |||
3477 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) |
||
3478 | { |
||
3479 | asection *s; |
||
3480 | |||
3481 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
||
3482 | |||
3483 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; |
||
3484 | if (d->rel.idx != 0) |
||
3485 | i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr; |
||
3486 | if (d->rela.idx != 0) |
||
3487 | i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr; |
||
3488 | |||
3489 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ |
||
3490 | |||
3491 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol |
||
3492 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which |
||
3493 | the relocation entries apply. */ |
||
3494 | if (d->rel.idx != 0) |
||
3495 | { |
||
3496 | d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
||
3497 | d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
||
6324 | serge | 3498 | d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; |
5197 | serge | 3499 | } |
3500 | if (d->rela.idx != 0) |
||
3501 | { |
||
3502 | d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
||
3503 | d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; |
||
6324 | serge | 3504 | d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; |
5197 | serge | 3505 | } |
3506 | |||
3507 | /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ |
||
3508 | if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
||
3509 | { |
||
3510 | s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); |
||
3511 | if (s) |
||
3512 | { |
||
3513 | /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ |
||
3514 | if (link_info != NULL) |
||
3515 | { |
||
3516 | /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ |
||
3517 | if (discarded_section (s)) |
||
3518 | { |
||
3519 | asection *kept; |
||
3520 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
3521 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), |
||
3522 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, |
||
3523 | s, s->owner); |
||
3524 | /* Point to the kept section if it has the same |
||
3525 | size as the discarded one. */ |
||
3526 | kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); |
||
3527 | if (kept == NULL) |
||
3528 | { |
||
3529 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
3530 | return FALSE; |
||
3531 | } |
||
3532 | s = kept; |
||
3533 | } |
||
3534 | |||
3535 | s = s->output_section; |
||
3536 | BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); |
||
3537 | } |
||
3538 | else |
||
3539 | { |
||
3540 | /* Handle objcopy. */ |
||
3541 | if (s->output_section == NULL) |
||
3542 | { |
||
3543 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
3544 | (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), |
||
3545 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); |
||
3546 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
3547 | return FALSE; |
||
3548 | } |
||
3549 | s = s->output_section; |
||
3550 | } |
||
3551 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
||
3552 | } |
||
3553 | else |
||
3554 | { |
||
3555 | /* PR 290: |
||
3556 | The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with |
||
3557 | SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or |
||
3558 | sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation |
||
3559 | where s is NULL. */ |
||
3560 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed |
||
3561 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
3562 | if (bed->link_order_error_handler) |
||
3563 | bed->link_order_error_handler |
||
3564 | (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), |
||
3565 | abfd, sec); |
||
3566 | } |
||
3567 | } |
||
3568 | |||
3569 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) |
||
3570 | { |
||
3571 | case SHT_REL: |
||
3572 | case SHT_RELA: |
||
3573 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD |
||
3574 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol |
||
3575 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to |
||
3576 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an |
||
3577 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. |
||
3578 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ |
||
3579 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
||
3580 | if (s != NULL) |
||
3581 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
||
3582 | |||
6324 | serge | 3583 | s = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->get_reloc_section (sec); |
5197 | serge | 3584 | if (s != NULL) |
6324 | serge | 3585 | { |
3586 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
||
3587 | d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; |
||
3588 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 3589 | break; |
3590 | |||
3591 | case SHT_STRTAB: |
||
3592 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs |
||
3593 | string section. We look for a section with the same name |
||
3594 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link |
||
3595 | field to point to this section. */ |
||
3596 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") |
||
3597 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) |
||
3598 | { |
||
3599 | size_t len; |
||
3600 | char *alc; |
||
3601 | |||
3602 | len = strlen (sec->name); |
||
3603 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2); |
||
3604 | if (alc == NULL) |
||
3605 | return FALSE; |
||
3606 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); |
||
3607 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; |
||
3608 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); |
||
3609 | free (alc); |
||
3610 | if (s != NULL) |
||
3611 | { |
||
3612 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; |
||
3613 | |||
3614 | /* This is a .stab section. */ |
||
3615 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) |
||
3616 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize |
||
3617 | = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; |
||
3618 | } |
||
3619 | } |
||
3620 | break; |
||
3621 | |||
3622 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: |
||
3623 | case SHT_DYNSYM: |
||
3624 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: |
||
3625 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: |
||
3626 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table |
||
3627 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the |
||
3628 | version strings. */ |
||
3629 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); |
||
3630 | if (s != NULL) |
||
3631 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
||
3632 | break; |
||
3633 | |||
3634 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: |
||
3635 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library |
||
3636 | list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or |
||
3637 | the version strings. */ |
||
3638 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) |
||
3639 | ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); |
||
3640 | if (s != NULL) |
||
3641 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
||
3642 | break; |
||
3643 | |||
3644 | case SHT_HASH: |
||
3645 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: |
||
3646 | case SHT_GNU_versym: |
||
3647 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table |
||
3648 | this hash table or version table is for. */ |
||
3649 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); |
||
3650 | if (s != NULL) |
||
3651 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; |
||
3652 | break; |
||
3653 | |||
3654 | case SHT_GROUP: |
||
3655 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
||
3656 | } |
||
3657 | } |
||
3658 | |||
6324 | serge | 3659 | /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that |
3660 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF |
||
3661 | debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */ |
||
3662 | |||
5197 | serge | 3663 | return TRUE; |
3664 | } |
||
3665 | |||
3666 | static bfd_boolean |
||
3667 | sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
||
3668 | { |
||
3669 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ |
||
3670 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
3671 | if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) |
||
3672 | return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); |
||
3673 | |||
3674 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0 |
||
3675 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) |
||
3676 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); |
||
3677 | } |
||
3678 | |||
3679 | /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be |
||
3680 | output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */ |
||
3681 | |||
3682 | static bfd_boolean |
||
3683 | ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) |
||
3684 | { |
||
3685 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
||
3686 | |||
3687 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) |
||
3688 | return FALSE; |
||
3689 | |||
3690 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym); |
||
3691 | return ((type_ptr != NULL |
||
3692 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 |
||
3693 | && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) |
||
3694 | || !(sym->section->owner == abfd |
||
3695 | || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd |
||
3696 | && sym->section->output_offset == 0) |
||
3697 | || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))); |
||
3698 | } |
||
3699 | |||
3700 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving |
||
3701 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ |
||
3702 | |||
3703 | static bfd_boolean |
||
3704 | elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals) |
||
3705 | { |
||
3706 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
||
3707 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
||
3708 | asymbol **sect_syms; |
||
3709 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; |
||
3710 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; |
||
3711 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; |
||
3712 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; |
||
6324 | serge | 3713 | unsigned int max_index = 0; |
5197 | serge | 3714 | unsigned int idx; |
3715 | asection *asect; |
||
3716 | asymbol **new_syms; |
||
3717 | |||
3718 | #ifdef DEBUG |
||
3719 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); |
||
3720 | fflush (stderr); |
||
3721 | #endif |
||
3722 | |||
3723 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
||
3724 | { |
||
3725 | if (max_index < asect->index) |
||
3726 | max_index = asect->index; |
||
3727 | } |
||
3728 | |||
3729 | max_index++; |
||
3730 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); |
||
3731 | if (sect_syms == NULL) |
||
3732 | return FALSE; |
||
3733 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; |
||
3734 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; |
||
3735 | |||
3736 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already |
||
3737 | decided to output. */ |
||
3738 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
||
3739 | { |
||
3740 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
||
3741 | |||
3742 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
||
3743 | && sym->value == 0 |
||
3744 | && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym) |
||
3745 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) |
||
3746 | { |
||
3747 | asection *sec = sym->section; |
||
3748 | |||
3749 | if (sec->owner != abfd) |
||
3750 | sec = sec->output_section; |
||
3751 | |||
3752 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; |
||
3753 | } |
||
3754 | } |
||
3755 | |||
3756 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ |
||
3757 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
||
3758 | { |
||
3759 | if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) |
||
3760 | num_globals++; |
||
3761 | else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) |
||
3762 | num_locals++; |
||
3763 | } |
||
3764 | |||
3765 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most |
||
3766 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but |
||
3767 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped |
||
3768 | at least in that case. */ |
||
3769 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
||
3770 | { |
||
3771 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
||
3772 | { |
||
3773 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) |
||
3774 | num_locals++; |
||
3775 | else |
||
3776 | num_globals++; |
||
3777 | } |
||
3778 | } |
||
3779 | |||
3780 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ |
||
3781 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, |
||
3782 | sizeof (asymbol *)); |
||
3783 | |||
3784 | if (new_syms == NULL) |
||
3785 | return FALSE; |
||
3786 | |||
3787 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) |
||
3788 | { |
||
3789 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; |
||
3790 | unsigned int i; |
||
3791 | |||
3792 | if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
||
3793 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
||
3794 | else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) |
||
3795 | i = num_locals2++; |
||
3796 | else |
||
3797 | continue; |
||
3798 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
||
3799 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
||
3800 | } |
||
3801 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) |
||
3802 | { |
||
3803 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) |
||
3804 | { |
||
3805 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; |
||
3806 | unsigned int i; |
||
3807 | |||
3808 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; |
||
3809 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) |
||
3810 | i = num_locals2++; |
||
3811 | else |
||
3812 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; |
||
3813 | new_syms[i] = sym; |
||
3814 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; |
||
3815 | } |
||
3816 | } |
||
3817 | |||
3818 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); |
||
3819 | |||
3820 | *pnum_locals = num_locals; |
||
3821 | return TRUE; |
||
3822 | } |
||
3823 | |||
3824 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any |
||
3825 | ELF data structure. */ |
||
3826 | |||
3827 | static inline file_ptr |
||
3828 | align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) |
||
3829 | { |
||
3830 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); |
||
3831 | } |
||
3832 | |||
3833 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the |
||
3834 | required section alignment. */ |
||
3835 | |||
3836 | file_ptr |
||
3837 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, |
||
3838 | file_ptr offset, |
||
3839 | bfd_boolean align) |
||
3840 | { |
||
3841 | if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) |
||
3842 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); |
||
3843 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; |
||
3844 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) |
||
3845 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; |
||
3846 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
3847 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; |
||
3848 | return offset; |
||
3849 | } |
||
3850 | |||
3851 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and |
||
3852 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO |
||
3853 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ |
||
3854 | |||
3855 | bfd_boolean |
||
3856 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, |
||
3857 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
||
3858 | { |
||
3859 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
3860 | struct fake_section_arg fsargs; |
||
3861 | bfd_boolean failed; |
||
6324 | serge | 3862 | struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; |
5197 | serge | 3863 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; |
3864 | bfd_boolean need_symtab; |
||
3865 | |||
3866 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) |
||
3867 | return TRUE; |
||
3868 | |||
3869 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ |
||
3870 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) |
||
3871 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); |
||
3872 | |||
3873 | if (! prep_headers (abfd)) |
||
3874 | return FALSE; |
||
3875 | |||
3876 | /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 3877 | (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); |
5197 | serge | 3878 | |
3879 | fsargs.failed = FALSE; |
||
3880 | fsargs.link_info = link_info; |
||
3881 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs); |
||
3882 | if (fsargs.failed) |
||
3883 | return FALSE; |
||
3884 | |||
3885 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) |
||
3886 | return FALSE; |
||
3887 | |||
3888 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ |
||
3889 | need_symtab = (link_info == NULL |
||
3890 | && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 |
||
3891 | || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) |
||
3892 | == HAS_RELOC))); |
||
3893 | if (need_symtab) |
||
3894 | { |
||
3895 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ |
||
3896 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); |
||
3897 | |||
3898 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) |
||
3899 | return FALSE; |
||
3900 | } |
||
3901 | |||
3902 | failed = FALSE; |
||
3903 | if (link_info == NULL) |
||
3904 | { |
||
3905 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); |
||
3906 | if (failed) |
||
3907 | return FALSE; |
||
3908 | } |
||
3909 | |||
3910 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
||
3911 | /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ |
||
3912 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
||
3913 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
||
3914 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
||
6324 | serge | 3915 | /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ |
5197 | serge | 3916 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
3917 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
||
3918 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
||
6324 | serge | 3919 | /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ |
5197 | serge | 3920 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
3921 | |||
3922 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) |
||
3923 | return FALSE; |
||
3924 | |||
3925 | if (need_symtab) |
||
3926 | { |
||
3927 | file_ptr off; |
||
3928 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
3929 | |||
3930 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); |
||
3931 | |||
6324 | serge | 3932 | hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); |
5197 | serge | 3933 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
3934 | |||
6324 | serge | 3935 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL) |
3936 | { |
||
3937 | hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr; |
||
3938 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
||
3939 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
||
3940 | /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */ |
||
3941 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 3942 | |
3943 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
||
3944 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
||
3945 | |||
3946 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
||
3947 | |||
3948 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it |
||
3949 | out. */ |
||
3950 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
6324 | serge | 3951 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) |
5197 | serge | 3952 | return FALSE; |
6324 | serge | 3953 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab); |
5197 | serge | 3954 | } |
3955 | |||
3956 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; |
||
3957 | |||
3958 | return TRUE; |
||
3959 | } |
||
3960 | |||
3961 | /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we |
||
3962 | get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ |
||
3963 | |||
3964 | static bfd_size_type |
||
3965 | get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
||
3966 | { |
||
3967 | size_t segs; |
||
3968 | asection *s; |
||
3969 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
3970 | |||
3971 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text |
||
3972 | and one for data. */ |
||
3973 | segs = 2; |
||
3974 | |||
3975 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
||
3976 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
||
3977 | { |
||
3978 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a |
||
3979 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a |
||
3980 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all |
||
3981 | targets. */ |
||
3982 | segs += 2; |
||
3983 | } |
||
3984 | |||
3985 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) |
||
3986 | { |
||
3987 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
||
3988 | ++segs; |
||
3989 | } |
||
3990 | |||
3991 | if (info != NULL && info->relro) |
||
3992 | { |
||
3993 | /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
||
3994 | ++segs; |
||
3995 | } |
||
3996 | |||
3997 | if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd)) |
||
3998 | { |
||
3999 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ |
||
4000 | ++segs; |
||
4001 | } |
||
4002 | |||
4003 | if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) |
||
4004 | { |
||
4005 | /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ |
||
4006 | ++segs; |
||
4007 | } |
||
4008 | |||
4009 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
||
4010 | { |
||
4011 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
||
4012 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
||
4013 | { |
||
4014 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ |
||
4015 | ++segs; |
||
4016 | /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment |
||
4017 | for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. |
||
4018 | gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment |
||
4019 | (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) |
||
4020 | each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, |
||
4021 | so we check whether the sections are correctly |
||
4022 | aligned. */ |
||
4023 | if (s->alignment_power == 2) |
||
4024 | while (s->next != NULL |
||
4025 | && s->next->alignment_power == 2 |
||
4026 | && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
||
4027 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) |
||
4028 | s = s->next; |
||
4029 | } |
||
4030 | } |
||
4031 | |||
4032 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
||
4033 | { |
||
4034 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
||
4035 | { |
||
4036 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ |
||
4037 | ++segs; |
||
4038 | break; |
||
4039 | } |
||
4040 | } |
||
4041 | |||
4042 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ |
||
4043 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
4044 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) |
||
4045 | { |
||
4046 | int a; |
||
4047 | |||
4048 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); |
||
4049 | if (a == -1) |
||
4050 | abort (); |
||
4051 | segs += a; |
||
4052 | } |
||
4053 | |||
4054 | return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
4055 | } |
||
4056 | |||
4057 | /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ |
||
4058 | |||
4059 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * |
||
4060 | _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) |
||
4061 | { |
||
4062 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
||
4063 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
||
4064 | |||
4065 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
||
4066 | m != NULL; |
||
4067 | m = m->next, p++) |
||
4068 | { |
||
4069 | int i; |
||
4070 | |||
4071 | for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
||
4072 | if (m->sections[i] == section) |
||
4073 | return p; |
||
4074 | } |
||
4075 | |||
4076 | return NULL; |
||
4077 | } |
||
4078 | |||
4079 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ |
||
4080 | |||
4081 | static struct elf_segment_map * |
||
4082 | make_mapping (bfd *abfd, |
||
4083 | asection **sections, |
||
4084 | unsigned int from, |
||
4085 | unsigned int to, |
||
4086 | bfd_boolean phdr) |
||
4087 | { |
||
4088 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
||
4089 | unsigned int i; |
||
4090 | asection **hdrpp; |
||
4091 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
4092 | |||
4093 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4094 | amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
||
4095 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4096 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4097 | return NULL; |
||
4098 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4099 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD; |
||
4100 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) |
||
4101 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; |
||
4102 | m->count = to - from; |
||
4103 | |||
4104 | if (from == 0 && phdr) |
||
4105 | { |
||
4106 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ |
||
4107 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; |
||
4108 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
||
4109 | } |
||
4110 | |||
4111 | return m; |
||
4112 | } |
||
4113 | |||
4114 | /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL |
||
4115 | on failure. */ |
||
4116 | |||
4117 | struct elf_segment_map * |
||
4118 | _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) |
||
4119 | { |
||
4120 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
||
4121 | |||
4122 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, |
||
4123 | sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); |
||
4124 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4125 | return NULL; |
||
4126 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4127 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; |
||
4128 | m->count = 1; |
||
4129 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; |
||
4130 | |||
4131 | return m; |
||
4132 | } |
||
4133 | |||
4134 | /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ |
||
4135 | |||
4136 | static bfd_boolean |
||
4137 | elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, |
||
4138 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
||
4139 | bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) |
||
4140 | { |
||
4141 | struct elf_segment_map **m; |
||
4142 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
4143 | |||
4144 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are |
||
4145 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such |
||
4146 | sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded |
||
4147 | sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is |
||
4148 | removed. */ |
||
4149 | m = &elf_seg_map (abfd); |
||
4150 | while (*m) |
||
4151 | { |
||
4152 | unsigned int i, new_count; |
||
4153 | |||
4154 | for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) |
||
4155 | { |
||
4156 | if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 |
||
4157 | && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 |
||
4158 | || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) |
||
4159 | { |
||
4160 | (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; |
||
4161 | new_count++; |
||
4162 | } |
||
4163 | } |
||
4164 | (*m)->count = new_count; |
||
4165 | |||
4166 | if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) |
||
4167 | *m = (*m)->next; |
||
4168 | else |
||
4169 | m = &(*m)->next; |
||
4170 | } |
||
4171 | |||
4172 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
4173 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) |
||
4174 | { |
||
4175 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) |
||
4176 | return FALSE; |
||
4177 | } |
||
4178 | |||
4179 | return TRUE; |
||
4180 | } |
||
4181 | |||
4182 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ |
||
4183 | |||
4184 | bfd_boolean |
||
4185 | _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
||
4186 | { |
||
4187 | unsigned int count; |
||
4188 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
||
4189 | asection **sections = NULL; |
||
4190 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
4191 | bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; |
||
4192 | |||
4193 | no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL; |
||
4194 | |||
4195 | if (info != NULL) |
||
4196 | info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs; |
||
4197 | |||
4198 | if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) |
||
4199 | { |
||
4200 | asection *s; |
||
4201 | unsigned int i; |
||
4202 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; |
||
4203 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; |
||
4204 | asection *last_hdr; |
||
4205 | bfd_vma last_size; |
||
4206 | unsigned int phdr_index; |
||
4207 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
||
4208 | asection **hdrpp; |
||
4209 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; |
||
4210 | bfd_boolean writable; |
||
4211 | int tls_count = 0; |
||
4212 | asection *first_tls = NULL; |
||
4213 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; |
||
4214 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
4215 | bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0; |
||
4216 | |||
4217 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ |
||
4218 | |||
4219 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), |
||
4220 | sizeof (asection *)); |
||
4221 | if (sections == NULL) |
||
4222 | goto error_return; |
||
4223 | |||
4224 | /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift |
||
4225 | left operator when shift count is equal to size of type |
||
4226 | being shifted. */ |
||
4227 | addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1; |
||
4228 | addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1; |
||
4229 | |||
4230 | i = 0; |
||
4231 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
||
4232 | { |
||
4233 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
4234 | { |
||
4235 | sections[i] = s; |
||
4236 | ++i; |
||
4237 | /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */ |
||
4238 | if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask)) |
||
4239 | wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask; |
||
4240 | } |
||
4241 | } |
||
4242 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); |
||
4243 | count = i; |
||
4244 | |||
4245 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); |
||
4246 | |||
4247 | /* Build the mapping. */ |
||
4248 | |||
4249 | mfirst = NULL; |
||
4250 | pm = &mfirst; |
||
4251 | |||
4252 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for |
||
4253 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp |
||
4254 | section. */ |
||
4255 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); |
||
4256 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
||
4257 | { |
||
4258 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4259 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4260 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4261 | goto error_return; |
||
4262 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4263 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR; |
||
4264 | /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ |
||
4265 | m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; |
||
4266 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
||
4267 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; |
||
4268 | |||
4269 | *pm = m; |
||
4270 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4271 | |||
4272 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4273 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4274 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4275 | goto error_return; |
||
4276 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4277 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP; |
||
4278 | m->count = 1; |
||
4279 | m->sections[0] = s; |
||
4280 | |||
4281 | *pm = m; |
||
4282 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4283 | } |
||
4284 | |||
4285 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program |
||
4286 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within |
||
4287 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ |
||
4288 | last_hdr = NULL; |
||
4289 | last_size = 0; |
||
4290 | phdr_index = 0; |
||
4291 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
||
6324 | serge | 4292 | /* PR 17512: file: c8455299. |
4293 | Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on. |
||
4294 | FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */ |
||
4295 | if (maxpagesize == 0) |
||
4296 | maxpagesize = 1; |
||
5197 | serge | 4297 | writable = FALSE; |
4298 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); |
||
4299 | if (dynsec != NULL |
||
4300 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) |
||
4301 | dynsec = NULL; |
||
4302 | |||
4303 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section |
||
4304 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an |
||
4305 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many |
||
4306 | program headers we will need. */ |
||
4307 | if (count > 0) |
||
4308 | { |
||
4309 | bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); |
||
4310 | |||
4311 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
||
4312 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
||
4313 | phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
4314 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 |
||
4315 | || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size |
||
4316 | || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize |
||
4317 | < phdr_size % maxpagesize) |
||
4318 | || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to) |
||
4319 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
||
4320 | } |
||
4321 | |||
4322 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) |
||
4323 | { |
||
4324 | asection *hdr; |
||
4325 | bfd_boolean new_segment; |
||
4326 | |||
4327 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
||
4328 | |||
4329 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same |
||
4330 | segment. */ |
||
4331 | |||
4332 | if (last_hdr == NULL) |
||
4333 | { |
||
4334 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new |
||
4335 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ |
||
4336 | new_segment = FALSE; |
||
4337 | } |
||
4338 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) |
||
4339 | { |
||
4340 | /* If this section has a different relation between the |
||
4341 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new |
||
4342 | segment. */ |
||
4343 | new_segment = TRUE; |
||
4344 | } |
||
4345 | else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size |
||
4346 | || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma) |
||
4347 | { |
||
4348 | /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap |
||
4349 | the previous section, then we need a new segment. */ |
||
4350 | new_segment = TRUE; |
||
4351 | } |
||
4352 | /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close |
||
4353 | to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps |
||
4354 | around to the start of the address space, then there are no more |
||
4355 | pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current |
||
4356 | section can be included in the current segment. */ |
||
4357 | else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize |
||
4358 | > last_hdr->lma) |
||
4359 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize |
||
4360 | <= hdr->lma)) |
||
4361 | { |
||
4362 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to |
||
4363 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ |
||
4364 | new_segment = TRUE; |
||
4365 | } |
||
4366 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 |
||
6324 | serge | 4367 | && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0 |
4368 | && ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 |
||
4369 | || (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) |
||
4370 | != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))) |
||
5197 | serge | 4371 | { |
6324 | serge | 4372 | /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a |
4373 | nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment |
||
4374 | as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded. |
||
4375 | Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. |
||
4376 | However, like the writable/non-writable case below, |
||
4377 | if they are on the same page then they must be put |
||
4378 | in the same segment. */ |
||
5197 | serge | 4379 | new_segment = TRUE; |
4380 | } |
||
4381 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) |
||
4382 | { |
||
4383 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we |
||
4384 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the |
||
4385 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ |
||
4386 | new_segment = FALSE; |
||
4387 | } |
||
4388 | else if (! writable |
||
4389 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 |
||
4390 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) |
||
4391 | != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))) |
||
4392 | { |
||
4393 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only |
||
4394 | segment, unless they are on the same page in memory |
||
4395 | anyhow. We already know that the last section does not |
||
4396 | bring us past the current section on the page, so the |
||
4397 | only case in which the new section is not on the same |
||
4398 | page as the previous section is when the previous section |
||
4399 | ends precisely on a page boundary. */ |
||
4400 | new_segment = TRUE; |
||
4401 | } |
||
4402 | else |
||
4403 | { |
||
4404 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ |
||
4405 | new_segment = FALSE; |
||
4406 | } |
||
4407 | |||
4408 | /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ |
||
4409 | if (last_hdr != NULL |
||
4410 | && info != NULL |
||
4411 | && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) |
||
4412 | new_segment |
||
4413 | = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, |
||
4414 | last_hdr, |
||
4415 | new_segment); |
||
4416 | |||
4417 | if (! new_segment) |
||
4418 | { |
||
4419 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
||
4420 | writable = TRUE; |
||
4421 | last_hdr = hdr; |
||
4422 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
||
4423 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) |
||
4424 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
||
4425 | last_size = hdr->size; |
||
4426 | else |
||
4427 | last_size = 0; |
||
4428 | continue; |
||
4429 | } |
||
4430 | |||
4431 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program |
||
4432 | header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ |
||
4433 | |||
4434 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
||
4435 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4436 | goto error_return; |
||
4437 | |||
4438 | *pm = m; |
||
4439 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4440 | |||
4441 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) |
||
4442 | writable = TRUE; |
||
4443 | else |
||
4444 | writable = FALSE; |
||
4445 | |||
4446 | last_hdr = hdr; |
||
4447 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ |
||
4448 | if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
||
4449 | last_size = hdr->size; |
||
4450 | else |
||
4451 | last_size = 0; |
||
4452 | phdr_index = i; |
||
4453 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; |
||
4454 | } |
||
4455 | |||
4456 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just |
||
4457 | for .tbss. */ |
||
4458 | if (last_hdr != NULL |
||
4459 | && (i - phdr_index != 1 |
||
4460 | || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) |
||
4461 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) |
||
4462 | { |
||
4463 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); |
||
4464 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4465 | goto error_return; |
||
4466 | |||
4467 | *pm = m; |
||
4468 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4469 | } |
||
4470 | |||
4471 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
||
4472 | if (dynsec != NULL) |
||
4473 | { |
||
4474 | m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); |
||
4475 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4476 | goto error_return; |
||
4477 | *pm = m; |
||
4478 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4479 | } |
||
4480 | |||
4481 | /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, |
||
4482 | add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, |
||
4483 | because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and |
||
4484 | loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections |
||
4485 | in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is |
||
4486 | bogus anyhow. */ |
||
4487 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
||
4488 | { |
||
4489 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
||
4490 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) |
||
4491 | { |
||
4492 | asection *s2; |
||
4493 | |||
4494 | count = 1; |
||
4495 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4496 | if (s->alignment_power == 2) |
||
4497 | for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) |
||
4498 | { |
||
4499 | if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 |
||
4500 | && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
||
4501 | && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") |
||
4502 | && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2) |
||
4503 | == s2->next->lma) |
||
4504 | count++; |
||
4505 | else |
||
4506 | break; |
||
4507 | } |
||
4508 | amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
||
4509 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4510 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4511 | goto error_return; |
||
4512 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4513 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE; |
||
4514 | m->count = count; |
||
4515 | while (count > 1) |
||
4516 | { |
||
4517 | m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; |
||
4518 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); |
||
4519 | s = s->next; |
||
4520 | } |
||
4521 | m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; |
||
4522 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); |
||
4523 | *pm = m; |
||
4524 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4525 | } |
||
4526 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
||
4527 | { |
||
4528 | if (! tls_count) |
||
4529 | first_tls = s; |
||
4530 | tls_count++; |
||
4531 | } |
||
4532 | } |
||
4533 | |||
4534 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ |
||
4535 | if (tls_count > 0) |
||
4536 | { |
||
4537 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4538 | amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
||
4539 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4540 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4541 | goto error_return; |
||
4542 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4543 | m->p_type = PT_TLS; |
||
4544 | m->count = tls_count; |
||
4545 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ |
||
4546 | m->p_flags = PF_R; |
||
4547 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
||
6324 | serge | 4548 | s = first_tls; |
5197 | serge | 4549 | for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i) |
4550 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 4551 | if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) |
4552 | { |
||
4553 | _bfd_error_handler |
||
4554 | (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd); |
||
4555 | s = first_tls; |
||
4556 | i = 0; |
||
4557 | while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count) |
||
4558 | { |
||
4559 | if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
||
4560 | { |
||
4561 | _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s); |
||
4562 | i++; |
||
4563 | } |
||
4564 | else |
||
4565 | _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s); |
||
4566 | s = s->next; |
||
4567 | } |
||
4568 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
4569 | goto error_return; |
||
4570 | } |
||
4571 | m->sections[i] = s; |
||
4572 | s = s->next; |
||
5197 | serge | 4573 | } |
4574 | |||
4575 | *pm = m; |
||
4576 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4577 | } |
||
4578 | |||
4579 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME |
||
4580 | segment. */ |
||
4581 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd); |
||
4582 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL |
||
4583 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
||
4584 | { |
||
4585 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4586 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4587 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4588 | goto error_return; |
||
4589 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4590 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; |
||
4591 | m->count = 1; |
||
4592 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; |
||
4593 | |||
4594 | *pm = m; |
||
4595 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4596 | } |
||
4597 | |||
4598 | if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) |
||
4599 | { |
||
4600 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4601 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4602 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4603 | goto error_return; |
||
4604 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4605 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; |
||
4606 | m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd); |
||
4607 | m->p_align = bed->stack_align; |
||
4608 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; |
||
4609 | m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0; |
||
4610 | if (info->stacksize > 0) |
||
4611 | { |
||
4612 | m->p_size = info->stacksize; |
||
4613 | m->p_size_valid = 1; |
||
4614 | } |
||
4615 | |||
4616 | *pm = m; |
||
4617 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4618 | } |
||
4619 | |||
4620 | if (info != NULL && info->relro) |
||
4621 | { |
||
4622 | for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) |
||
4623 | { |
||
4624 | if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
4625 | && m->count != 0 |
||
4626 | && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start |
||
4627 | && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end) |
||
4628 | { |
||
4629 | i = m->count; |
||
4630 | while (--i != (unsigned) -1) |
||
4631 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) |
||
4632 | == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) |
||
4633 | break; |
||
4634 | |||
6324 | serge | 4635 | if (i != (unsigned) -1) |
5197 | serge | 4636 | break; |
4637 | } |
||
4638 | } |
||
4639 | |||
4640 | /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ |
||
4641 | if (m != NULL) |
||
4642 | { |
||
4643 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
4644 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); |
||
4645 | if (m == NULL) |
||
4646 | goto error_return; |
||
4647 | m->next = NULL; |
||
4648 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; |
||
4649 | *pm = m; |
||
4650 | pm = &m->next; |
||
4651 | } |
||
4652 | } |
||
4653 | |||
4654 | free (sections); |
||
4655 | elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst; |
||
4656 | } |
||
4657 | |||
4658 | if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) |
||
4659 | return FALSE; |
||
4660 | |||
4661 | for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
||
4662 | ++count; |
||
4663 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
4664 | |||
4665 | return TRUE; |
||
4666 | |||
4667 | error_return: |
||
4668 | if (sections != NULL) |
||
4669 | free (sections); |
||
4670 | return FALSE; |
||
4671 | } |
||
4672 | |||
4673 | /* Sort sections by address. */ |
||
4674 | |||
4675 | static int |
||
4676 | elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) |
||
4677 | { |
||
4678 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; |
||
4679 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; |
||
4680 | bfd_size_type size1, size2; |
||
4681 | |||
4682 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to |
||
4683 | place the section into a segment. */ |
||
4684 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) |
||
4685 | return -1; |
||
4686 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) |
||
4687 | return 1; |
||
4688 | |||
4689 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be |
||
4690 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ |
||
4691 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) |
||
4692 | return -1; |
||
4693 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) |
||
4694 | return 1; |
||
4695 | |||
4696 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ |
||
4697 | |||
4698 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) |
||
4699 | |||
4700 | if (TOEND (sec1)) |
||
4701 | { |
||
4702 | if (TOEND (sec2)) |
||
4703 | { |
||
4704 | /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 |
||
4705 | here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ |
||
4706 | if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) |
||
4707 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
||
4708 | } |
||
4709 | else |
||
4710 | return 1; |
||
4711 | } |
||
4712 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) |
||
4713 | return -1; |
||
4714 | |||
4715 | #undef TOEND |
||
4716 | |||
4717 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections |
||
4718 | before others at the same address. */ |
||
4719 | |||
4720 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; |
||
4721 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; |
||
4722 | |||
4723 | if (size1 < size2) |
||
4724 | return -1; |
||
4725 | if (size1 > size2) |
||
4726 | return 1; |
||
4727 | |||
4728 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; |
||
4729 | } |
||
4730 | |||
4731 | /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: |
||
4732 | |||
4733 | We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just |
||
4734 | not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not |
||
4735 | negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types |
||
4736 | are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a |
||
4737 | larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, |
||
4738 | which is wrong. |
||
4739 | |||
4740 | What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by |
||
4741 | the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo |
||
4742 | the page size.'' */ |
||
4743 | /* In other words, something like: |
||
4744 | |||
4745 | vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; |
||
4746 | off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; |
||
4747 | if (vma_offset < off_offset) |
||
4748 | adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; |
||
4749 | else |
||
4750 | adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; |
||
4751 | |||
4752 | which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ |
||
4753 | |||
4754 | static file_ptr |
||
4755 | vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) |
||
4756 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 4757 | /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */ |
4758 | if (maxpagesize == 0) |
||
4759 | maxpagesize = 1; |
||
5197 | serge | 4760 | return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); |
4761 | } |
||
4762 | |||
4763 | static void |
||
4764 | print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) |
||
4765 | { |
||
4766 | unsigned int j; |
||
4767 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); |
||
4768 | char buf[32]; |
||
4769 | |||
4770 | if (pt == NULL) |
||
4771 | { |
||
4772 | if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) |
||
4773 | sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", |
||
4774 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); |
||
4775 | else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) |
||
4776 | sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", |
||
4777 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); |
||
4778 | else |
||
4779 | snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", |
||
4780 | (unsigned int) m->p_type); |
||
4781 | pt = buf; |
||
4782 | } |
||
4783 | fflush (stdout); |
||
4784 | fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); |
||
4785 | for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) |
||
4786 | fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); |
||
4787 | putc ('\n',stderr); |
||
4788 | fflush (stderr); |
||
4789 | } |
||
4790 | |||
4791 | static bfd_boolean |
||
4792 | write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len) |
||
4793 | { |
||
4794 | void *buf; |
||
4795 | bfd_boolean ret; |
||
4796 | |||
4797 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
||
4798 | return FALSE; |
||
4799 | buf = bfd_zmalloc (len); |
||
4800 | if (buf == NULL) |
||
4801 | return FALSE; |
||
4802 | ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len; |
||
4803 | free (buf); |
||
4804 | return ret; |
||
4805 | } |
||
4806 | |||
4807 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from |
||
4808 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in |
||
4809 | the file header. */ |
||
4810 | |||
4811 | static bfd_boolean |
||
4812 | assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
||
4813 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
||
4814 | { |
||
4815 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
4816 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
||
4817 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
||
4818 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
||
4819 | file_ptr off; |
||
4820 | bfd_size_type maxpagesize; |
||
4821 | unsigned int alloc; |
||
4822 | unsigned int i, j; |
||
4823 | bfd_vma header_pad = 0; |
||
4824 | |||
4825 | if (link_info == NULL |
||
4826 | && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) |
||
4827 | return FALSE; |
||
4828 | |||
4829 | alloc = 0; |
||
4830 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
||
4831 | { |
||
4832 | ++alloc; |
||
4833 | if (m->header_size) |
||
4834 | header_pad = m->header_size; |
||
4835 | } |
||
4836 | |||
4837 | if (alloc) |
||
4838 | { |
||
4839 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
4840 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
4841 | } |
||
4842 | else |
||
4843 | { |
||
4844 | /* PR binutils/12467. */ |
||
4845 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0; |
||
4846 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0; |
||
4847 | } |
||
4848 | |||
4849 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; |
||
4850 | |||
4851 | if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
||
4852 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
4853 | else |
||
4854 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) |
||
4855 | >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); |
||
4856 | |||
4857 | if (alloc == 0) |
||
4858 | { |
||
4859 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
4860 | return TRUE; |
||
4861 | } |
||
4862 | |||
4863 | /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd), |
||
4864 | see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have |
||
4865 | that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. |
||
4866 | The variable alloc contains the computed need, while |
||
4867 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the |
||
4868 | layout. |
||
4869 | See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments |
||
4870 | where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the |
||
4871 | last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ |
||
4872 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr |
||
4873 | == 0); |
||
4874 | phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) |
||
4875 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, |
||
4876 | (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), |
||
4877 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
||
4878 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; |
||
4879 | if (phdrs == NULL) |
||
4880 | return FALSE; |
||
4881 | |||
4882 | maxpagesize = 1; |
||
4883 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
||
4884 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; |
||
4885 | |||
4886 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
4887 | off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
4888 | if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off) |
||
4889 | header_pad = 0; |
||
4890 | else |
||
4891 | header_pad -= off; |
||
4892 | off += header_pad; |
||
4893 | |||
4894 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0; |
||
4895 | m != NULL; |
||
4896 | m = m->next, p++, j++) |
||
4897 | { |
||
4898 | asection **secpp; |
||
4899 | bfd_vma off_adjust; |
||
4900 | bfd_boolean no_contents; |
||
4901 | |||
4902 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the |
||
4903 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should |
||
4904 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may |
||
4905 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. |
||
4906 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ |
||
4907 | if (m->count > 1 |
||
4908 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE |
||
4909 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) |
||
4910 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), |
||
4911 | elf_sort_sections); |
||
4912 | |||
4913 | /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a |
||
4914 | number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz |
||
4915 | and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents |
||
4916 | that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next |
||
4917 | available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ |
||
4918 | p->p_type = m->p_type; |
||
4919 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; |
||
4920 | |||
4921 | if (m->count == 0) |
||
4922 | p->p_vaddr = 0; |
||
4923 | else |
||
4924 | p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; |
||
4925 | |||
4926 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) |
||
4927 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; |
||
4928 | else if (m->count == 0) |
||
4929 | p->p_paddr = 0; |
||
4930 | else |
||
4931 | p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; |
||
4932 | |||
4933 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
4934 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) |
||
4935 | { |
||
4936 | /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores |
||
4937 | the maximum page size. When copying an executable with |
||
4938 | objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this |
||
4939 | value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which |
||
4940 | may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS |
||
4941 | segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying |
||
4942 | on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS |
||
4943 | segment. */ |
||
4944 | if (m->p_align_valid) |
||
4945 | maxpagesize = m->p_align; |
||
4946 | |||
4947 | p->p_align = maxpagesize; |
||
4948 | } |
||
4949 | else if (m->p_align_valid) |
||
4950 | p->p_align = m->p_align; |
||
4951 | else if (m->count == 0) |
||
4952 | p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
||
4953 | else |
||
4954 | p->p_align = 0; |
||
4955 | |||
4956 | no_contents = FALSE; |
||
4957 | off_adjust = 0; |
||
4958 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
4959 | && m->count > 0) |
||
4960 | { |
||
4961 | bfd_size_type align; |
||
4962 | unsigned int align_power = 0; |
||
4963 | |||
4964 | if (m->p_align_valid) |
||
4965 | align = p->p_align; |
||
4966 | else |
||
4967 | { |
||
4968 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
||
4969 | { |
||
4970 | unsigned int secalign; |
||
4971 | |||
4972 | secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); |
||
4973 | if (secalign > align_power) |
||
4974 | align_power = secalign; |
||
4975 | } |
||
4976 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; |
||
4977 | if (align < maxpagesize) |
||
4978 | align = maxpagesize; |
||
4979 | } |
||
4980 | |||
4981 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
||
4982 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) |
||
4983 | /* If we aren't making room for this section, then |
||
4984 | it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've |
||
4985 | set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ |
||
4986 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; |
||
4987 | |||
4988 | /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable |
||
4989 | sections. */ |
||
4990 | no_contents = TRUE; |
||
4991 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
||
4992 | if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
4993 | { |
||
4994 | no_contents = FALSE; |
||
4995 | break; |
||
4996 | } |
||
4997 | |||
4998 | off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align); |
||
4999 | off += off_adjust; |
||
5000 | if (no_contents) |
||
5001 | { |
||
5002 | /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since |
||
5003 | the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI |
||
5004 | arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so |
||
5005 | checks it. So to comply with the alignment |
||
5006 | requirement but not waste file space, we adjust |
||
5007 | p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is |
||
5008 | subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset |
||
5009 | past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ |
||
5010 | } |
||
5011 | else |
||
5012 | off_adjust = 0; |
||
5013 | } |
||
5014 | /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the |
||
5015 | PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ |
||
5016 | else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC |
||
5017 | && m->count > 1 |
||
5018 | && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) |
||
5019 | { |
||
5020 | _bfd_error_handler |
||
5021 | (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), |
||
5022 | abfd); |
||
5023 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
5024 | return FALSE; |
||
5025 | } |
||
5026 | /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ |
||
5027 | else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) |
||
5028 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
||
5029 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; |
||
5030 | |||
5031 | p->p_offset = 0; |
||
5032 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
||
5033 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
||
5034 | |||
5035 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
||
5036 | { |
||
5037 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
||
5038 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
||
5039 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
5040 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
5041 | if (m->count > 0) |
||
5042 | { |
||
5043 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) |
||
5044 | { |
||
5045 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
5046 | (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), |
||
5047 | abfd); |
||
5048 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
5049 | return FALSE; |
||
5050 | } |
||
5051 | |||
5052 | p->p_vaddr -= off; |
||
5053 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) |
||
5054 | p->p_paddr -= off; |
||
5055 | } |
||
5056 | } |
||
5057 | |||
5058 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
||
5059 | { |
||
5060 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
||
5061 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
||
5062 | |||
5063 | if (!m->includes_filehdr) |
||
5064 | { |
||
5065 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
5066 | |||
5067 | if (m->count > 0) |
||
5068 | { |
||
5069 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
||
5070 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) |
||
5071 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; |
||
5072 | } |
||
5073 | } |
||
5074 | |||
5075 | p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
5076 | p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
5077 | if (m->count) |
||
5078 | { |
||
5079 | p->p_filesz += header_pad; |
||
5080 | p->p_memsz += header_pad; |
||
5081 | } |
||
5082 | } |
||
5083 | |||
5084 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
5085 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) |
||
5086 | { |
||
5087 | if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) |
||
5088 | p->p_offset = off; |
||
5089 | else |
||
5090 | { |
||
5091 | file_ptr adjust; |
||
5092 | |||
5093 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); |
||
5094 | if (!no_contents) |
||
5095 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
||
5096 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
||
5097 | } |
||
5098 | } |
||
5099 | |||
5100 | /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section |
||
5101 | maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in |
||
5102 | core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. |
||
5103 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos |
||
5104 | for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ |
||
5105 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) |
||
5106 | { |
||
5107 | asection *sec; |
||
5108 | bfd_size_type align; |
||
5109 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
||
5110 | |||
5111 | sec = *secpp; |
||
5112 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; |
||
5113 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); |
||
5114 | |||
5115 | if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
5116 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS) |
||
5117 | && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS |
||
5118 | || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 |
||
5119 | && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 |
||
5120 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) |
||
5121 | { |
||
5122 | bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr; |
||
5123 | bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz; |
||
5124 | bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma; |
||
5125 | bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end; |
||
5126 | |||
5127 | if (adjust != 0 |
||
5128 | && (s_start < p_end |
||
5129 | || p_end < p_start)) |
||
5130 | { |
||
5131 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
5132 | (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec, |
||
5133 | (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end); |
||
5134 | adjust = 0; |
||
5135 | sec->lma = p_end; |
||
5136 | } |
||
5137 | p->p_memsz += adjust; |
||
5138 | |||
5139 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
5140 | { |
||
5141 | if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz) |
||
5142 | { |
||
5143 | /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones. |
||
5144 | Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and |
||
5145 | zero it. */ |
||
5146 | adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz; |
||
5147 | if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust)) |
||
5148 | return FALSE; |
||
5149 | } |
||
5150 | off += adjust; |
||
5151 | p->p_filesz += adjust; |
||
5152 | } |
||
5153 | } |
||
5154 | |||
5155 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
||
5156 | { |
||
5157 | /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains |
||
5158 | everything. */ |
||
5159 | if (i == 0) |
||
5160 | { |
||
5161 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; |
||
5162 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; |
||
5163 | p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; |
||
5164 | p->p_memsz = 0; |
||
5165 | p->p_align = 1; |
||
5166 | } |
||
5167 | else |
||
5168 | { |
||
5169 | /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ |
||
5170 | sec->filepos = 0; |
||
5171 | sec->size = 0; |
||
5172 | sec->flags = 0; |
||
5173 | continue; |
||
5174 | } |
||
5175 | } |
||
5176 | else |
||
5177 | { |
||
5178 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
||
5179 | { |
||
5180 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; |
||
5181 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
5182 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; |
||
5183 | } |
||
5184 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
||
5185 | && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0 |
||
5186 | && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0) |
||
5187 | { |
||
5188 | /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD. |
||
5189 | (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a |
||
5190 | final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it |
||
5191 | would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and |
||
5192 | p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This |
||
5193 | also makes the PT_TLS header have the same |
||
5194 | p_offset value. */ |
||
5195 | bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr, |
||
5196 | off, align); |
||
5197 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust; |
||
5198 | } |
||
5199 | |||
5200 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
5201 | { |
||
5202 | p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
||
5203 | /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like |
||
5204 | a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take |
||
5205 | file space but are not loaded into memory. */ |
||
5206 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
5207 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
||
5208 | } |
||
5209 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
5210 | { |
||
5211 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) |
||
5212 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
||
5213 | |||
5214 | /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of |
||
5215 | normal segments. */ |
||
5216 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) |
||
5217 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; |
||
5218 | } |
||
5219 | |||
5220 | if (align > p->p_align |
||
5221 | && !m->p_align_valid |
||
5222 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
||
5223 | || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) |
||
5224 | p->p_align = align; |
||
5225 | } |
||
5226 | |||
5227 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
||
5228 | { |
||
5229 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; |
||
5230 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) |
||
5231 | p->p_flags |= PF_X; |
||
5232 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) |
||
5233 | p->p_flags |= PF_W; |
||
5234 | } |
||
5235 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 5236 | |
5197 | serge | 5237 | off -= off_adjust; |
5238 | |||
5239 | /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. |
||
5240 | Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ |
||
5241 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
||
5242 | { |
||
5243 | bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE; |
||
5244 | |||
5245 | for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++) |
||
5246 | if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma |
||
5247 | && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i]) |
||
5248 | ->this_hdr), p) != 0 |
||
5249 | && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1]) |
||
5250 | ->this_hdr), p) != 0) |
||
5251 | { |
||
5252 | /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */ |
||
5253 | check_vma = FALSE; |
||
5254 | break; |
||
5255 | } |
||
5256 | |||
5257 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) |
||
5258 | { |
||
5259 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
||
5260 | asection *sec; |
||
5261 | |||
5262 | sec = m->sections[i]; |
||
5263 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); |
||
5264 | if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0) |
||
5265 | && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p)) |
||
5266 | { |
||
5267 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
5268 | (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), |
||
5269 | abfd, sec, j); |
||
5270 | print_segment_map (m); |
||
5271 | } |
||
5272 | } |
||
5273 | } |
||
5274 | } |
||
5275 | |||
5276 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
||
5277 | return TRUE; |
||
5278 | } |
||
5279 | |||
5280 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ |
||
5281 | |||
5282 | static bfd_boolean |
||
5283 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, |
||
5284 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
||
5285 | { |
||
5286 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
5287 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; |
||
6324 | serge | 5288 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp; |
5197 | serge | 5289 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; |
5290 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; |
||
5291 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
||
5292 | struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment; |
||
5293 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; |
||
5294 | bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; |
||
5295 | file_ptr off; |
||
5296 | unsigned int count; |
||
5297 | |||
5298 | i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
||
6324 | serge | 5299 | end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd); |
5197 | serge | 5300 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); |
6324 | serge | 5301 | for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++) |
5197 | serge | 5302 | { |
5303 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
5304 | |||
5305 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
||
5306 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
||
5307 | && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 |
||
5308 | || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS |
||
5309 | && hdr->contents == NULL))) |
||
5310 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); |
||
5311 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
5312 | { |
||
5313 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) |
||
5314 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
5315 | (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), |
||
5316 | abfd, |
||
5317 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL |
||
5318 | ? "*unknown*" |
||
5319 | : hdr->bfd_section->name)); |
||
5320 | /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ |
||
5321 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) |
||
5322 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
||
5323 | bed->maxpagesize); |
||
5324 | else |
||
5325 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, |
||
5326 | hdr->sh_addralign); |
||
5327 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, |
||
5328 | FALSE); |
||
5329 | } |
||
5330 | else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
||
5331 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 5332 | || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
5333 | && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)) |
||
5334 | /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */ |
||
5197 | serge | 5335 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] |
6324 | serge | 5336 | || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL |
5337 | && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx]) |
||
5338 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] |
||
5339 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)]) |
||
5197 | serge | 5340 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
5341 | else |
||
5342 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
||
5343 | } |
||
5344 | |||
5345 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up |
||
5346 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ |
||
5347 | count = 0; |
||
5348 | filehdr_vaddr = 0; |
||
5349 | filehdr_paddr = 0; |
||
5350 | phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
5351 | phdrs_paddr = 0; |
||
5352 | hdrs_segment = NULL; |
||
5353 | phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
||
5354 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) |
||
5355 | { |
||
5356 | ++count; |
||
5357 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
||
5358 | continue; |
||
5359 | |||
5360 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
||
5361 | { |
||
5362 | filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
||
5363 | filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
||
5364 | } |
||
5365 | if (m->includes_phdrs) |
||
5366 | { |
||
5367 | phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; |
||
5368 | phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; |
||
5369 | if (m->includes_filehdr) |
||
5370 | { |
||
5371 | hdrs_segment = m; |
||
5372 | phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
5373 | phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
5374 | } |
||
5375 | } |
||
5376 | } |
||
5377 | |||
5378 | if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL) |
||
5379 | { |
||
5380 | /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the |
||
5381 | program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there. |
||
5382 | A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */ |
||
5383 | |||
5384 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash |
||
5385 | = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start", |
||
5386 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); |
||
5387 | /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */ |
||
5388 | if (hash != NULL |
||
5389 | && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new |
||
5390 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined |
||
5391 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak |
||
5392 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)) |
||
5393 | { |
||
5394 | asection *s = NULL; |
||
5395 | if (hdrs_segment->count != 0) |
||
5396 | /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */ |
||
5397 | s = hdrs_segment->sections[0]; |
||
5398 | else |
||
5399 | /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */ |
||
5400 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
||
5401 | if (m->count != 0) |
||
5402 | { |
||
5403 | s = m->sections[0]; |
||
5404 | break; |
||
5405 | } |
||
5406 | |||
5407 | if (s != NULL) |
||
5408 | { |
||
5409 | hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma; |
||
5410 | hash->root.u.def.section = s; |
||
5411 | } |
||
5412 | else |
||
5413 | { |
||
5414 | hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr; |
||
5415 | hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; |
||
5416 | } |
||
5417 | |||
5418 | hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; |
||
5419 | hash->def_regular = 1; |
||
5420 | hash->non_elf = 0; |
||
5421 | } |
||
5422 | } |
||
5423 | |||
5424 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) |
||
5425 | { |
||
5426 | if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
||
5427 | { |
||
5428 | const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; |
||
5429 | struct elf_segment_map *lm; |
||
5430 | |||
5431 | if (link_info != NULL) |
||
5432 | { |
||
5433 | /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed |
||
5434 | in link_info. */ |
||
5435 | for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs; |
||
5436 | lm != NULL; |
||
5437 | lm = lm->next, lp++) |
||
5438 | { |
||
5439 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
5440 | && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end |
||
5441 | && lm->count != 0 |
||
5442 | && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start) |
||
5443 | break; |
||
5444 | } |
||
5445 | |||
5446 | BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL); |
||
5447 | } |
||
5448 | else |
||
5449 | { |
||
5450 | /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared |
||
5451 | library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */ |
||
5452 | for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) |
||
5453 | { |
||
5454 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
5455 | && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) |
||
5456 | break; |
||
5457 | } |
||
5458 | } |
||
5459 | |||
5460 | if (lp < phdrs + count) |
||
5461 | { |
||
5462 | p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; |
||
5463 | p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; |
||
5464 | p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; |
||
5465 | if (link_info != NULL) |
||
5466 | p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; |
||
5467 | else if (m->p_size_valid) |
||
5468 | p->p_filesz = m->p_size; |
||
5469 | else |
||
5470 | abort (); |
||
5471 | p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; |
||
5472 | /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The |
||
5473 | gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section. |
||
5474 | It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes |
||
5475 | otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files. |
||
5476 | */ |
||
5477 | if (!m->p_align_valid) |
||
5478 | p->p_align = 1; |
||
5479 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) |
||
6324 | serge | 5480 | p->p_flags = PF_R; |
5197 | serge | 5481 | } |
5482 | else |
||
5483 | { |
||
5484 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); |
||
5485 | p->p_type = PT_NULL; |
||
5486 | } |
||
5487 | } |
||
5488 | else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) |
||
5489 | { |
||
5490 | if (m->p_size_valid) |
||
5491 | p->p_memsz = m->p_size; |
||
5492 | } |
||
5493 | else if (m->count != 0) |
||
5494 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 5495 | unsigned int i; |
5197 | serge | 5496 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD |
5497 | && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE |
||
5498 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) |
||
5499 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 5500 | if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs) |
5501 | { |
||
5502 | /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */ |
||
5503 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
5504 | (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"), |
||
5505 | abfd); |
||
5506 | return FALSE; |
||
5507 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 5508 | |
5509 | p->p_filesz = 0; |
||
5510 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; |
||
5511 | for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;) |
||
5512 | { |
||
5513 | asection *sect = m->sections[i]; |
||
5514 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; |
||
5515 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) |
||
5516 | { |
||
5517 | p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos |
||
5518 | + hdr->sh_size); |
||
5519 | break; |
||
5520 | } |
||
5521 | } |
||
5522 | } |
||
5523 | } |
||
5524 | else if (m->includes_filehdr) |
||
5525 | { |
||
5526 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; |
||
5527 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
||
5528 | p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; |
||
5529 | } |
||
5530 | else if (m->includes_phdrs) |
||
5531 | { |
||
5532 | p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; |
||
5533 | if (! m->p_paddr_valid) |
||
5534 | p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; |
||
5535 | } |
||
5536 | } |
||
5537 | |||
5538 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
||
5539 | |||
5540 | return TRUE; |
||
5541 | } |
||
5542 | |||
6324 | serge | 5543 | static elf_section_list * |
5544 | find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list) |
||
5545 | { |
||
5546 | for (;list != NULL; list = list->next) |
||
5547 | if (list->ndx == i) |
||
5548 | break; |
||
5549 | return list; |
||
5550 | } |
||
5551 | |||
5197 | serge | 5552 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by |
5553 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and |
||
5554 | VMAs must be known before this is called. |
||
5555 | |||
5556 | Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as |
||
5557 | "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and |
||
5558 | those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are |
||
5559 | stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't |
||
5560 | consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable |
||
5561 | image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by |
||
5562 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs. |
||
5563 | |||
5564 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ |
||
5565 | |||
5566 | static bfd_boolean |
||
5567 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, |
||
5568 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
||
5569 | { |
||
5570 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
||
5571 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
||
5572 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
5573 | |||
5574 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 |
||
5575 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) |
||
5576 | { |
||
5577 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
||
5578 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
5579 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; |
||
5580 | unsigned int i; |
||
6324 | serge | 5581 | file_ptr off; |
5197 | serge | 5582 | |
5583 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ |
||
5584 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; |
||
5585 | |||
5586 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are |
||
5587 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of |
||
5588 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ |
||
5589 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) |
||
5590 | { |
||
5591 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
5592 | |||
5593 | hdr = *hdrpp; |
||
5594 | if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) |
||
5595 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 5596 | || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL |
5597 | && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)) |
||
5598 | /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */ |
||
5197 | serge | 5599 | || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd) |
6324 | serge | 5600 | || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL |
5601 | && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx]) |
||
5602 | || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd) |
||
5603 | || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)) |
||
5197 | serge | 5604 | { |
5605 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; |
||
5606 | } |
||
5607 | else |
||
5608 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); |
||
5609 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 5610 | |
5611 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
||
5197 | serge | 5612 | } |
5613 | else |
||
5614 | { |
||
5615 | unsigned int alloc; |
||
5616 | |||
5617 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the |
||
5618 | assignment of sections to segments. */ |
||
5619 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
||
5620 | return FALSE; |
||
5621 | |||
5622 | /* And for non-load sections. */ |
||
5623 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) |
||
5624 | return FALSE; |
||
5625 | |||
5626 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) |
||
5627 | { |
||
5628 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) |
||
5629 | return FALSE; |
||
5630 | } |
||
5631 | |||
6324 | serge | 5632 | /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */ |
5633 | if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info)) |
||
5634 | { |
||
5635 | unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
||
5636 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; |
||
5637 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments]; |
||
5638 | |||
5639 | /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */ |
||
5640 | bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1; |
||
5641 | for (; segment < end_segment; segment++) |
||
5642 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr) |
||
5643 | p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
||
5644 | |||
5645 | /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD |
||
5646 | segments is non-zero. */ |
||
5647 | if (p_vaddr) |
||
5648 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
||
5649 | } |
||
5650 | |||
5197 | serge | 5651 | /* Write out the program headers. */ |
5652 | alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
5653 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
5654 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) |
||
5655 | return FALSE; |
||
5656 | } |
||
5657 | |||
5658 | return TRUE; |
||
5659 | } |
||
5660 | |||
5661 | static bfd_boolean |
||
5662 | prep_headers (bfd *abfd) |
||
5663 | { |
||
5664 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */ |
||
5665 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; |
||
5666 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
5667 | |||
5668 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
||
5669 | |||
5670 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
||
5671 | if (shstrtab == NULL) |
||
5672 | return FALSE; |
||
5673 | |||
5674 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; |
||
5675 | |||
5676 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; |
||
5677 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; |
||
5678 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; |
||
5679 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; |
||
5680 | |||
5681 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; |
||
5682 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = |
||
5683 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; |
||
5684 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; |
||
5685 | |||
5686 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) |
||
5687 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; |
||
5688 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) |
||
5689 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; |
||
5690 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) |
||
5691 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; |
||
5692 | else |
||
5693 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; |
||
5694 | |||
5695 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
||
5696 | { |
||
5697 | case bfd_arch_unknown: |
||
5698 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; |
||
5699 | break; |
||
5700 | |||
5701 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting |
||
5702 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE |
||
5703 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, |
||
5704 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling |
||
5705 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), |
||
5706 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. |
||
5707 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for |
||
5708 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ |
||
5709 | default: |
||
5710 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; |
||
5711 | } |
||
5712 | |||
5713 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; |
||
5714 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
5715 | |||
5716 | /* No program header, for now. */ |
||
5717 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
||
5718 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
||
5719 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; |
||
5720 | |||
5721 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ |
||
5722 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); |
||
5723 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; |
||
5724 | |||
5725 | /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ |
||
5726 | if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) |
||
5727 | /* It all happens later. */ |
||
5728 | ; |
||
5729 | else |
||
5730 | { |
||
5731 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; |
||
5732 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; |
||
5733 | } |
||
5734 | |||
5735 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = |
||
5736 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); |
||
5737 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = |
||
5738 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); |
||
5739 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = |
||
5740 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); |
||
5741 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
||
6324 | serge | 5742 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 |
5197 | serge | 5743 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) |
5744 | return FALSE; |
||
5745 | |||
5746 | return TRUE; |
||
5747 | } |
||
5748 | |||
5749 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part |
||
6324 | serge | 5750 | of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */ |
5197 | serge | 5751 | |
6324 | serge | 5752 | static bfd_boolean |
5753 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd) |
||
5197 | serge | 5754 | { |
5755 | file_ptr off; |
||
6324 | serge | 5756 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp; |
5757 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; |
||
5758 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; |
||
5759 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
5197 | serge | 5760 | |
5761 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); |
||
5762 | |||
6324 | serge | 5763 | shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
5764 | end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
5765 | for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++) |
||
5197 | serge | 5766 | { |
6324 | serge | 5767 | shdrp = *shdrpp; |
5768 | if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1) |
||
5769 | { |
||
5770 | asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section; |
||
5771 | bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL |
||
5772 | || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA); |
||
5773 | if (is_rel |
||
5774 | || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))) |
||
5775 | { |
||
5776 | if (!is_rel) |
||
5777 | { |
||
5778 | const char *name = sec->name; |
||
5779 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; |
||
5197 | serge | 5780 | |
6324 | serge | 5781 | /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */ |
5782 | if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec, |
||
5783 | shdrp->contents)) |
||
5784 | return FALSE; |
||
5785 | |||
5786 | if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE |
||
5787 | && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0) |
||
5788 | { |
||
5789 | /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert |
||
5790 | section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */ |
||
5791 | char *new_name |
||
5792 | = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name); |
||
5793 | if (new_name == NULL) |
||
5794 | return FALSE; |
||
5795 | name = new_name; |
||
5796 | } |
||
5797 | /* Add setion name to section name section. */ |
||
5798 | if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) |
||
5799 | abort (); |
||
5800 | shdrp->sh_name |
||
5801 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
||
5802 | name, FALSE); |
||
5803 | d = elf_section_data (sec); |
||
5804 | |||
5805 | /* Add reloc setion name to section name section. */ |
||
5806 | if (d->rel.hdr |
||
5807 | && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, |
||
5808 | d->rel.hdr, |
||
5809 | name, FALSE)) |
||
5810 | return FALSE; |
||
5811 | if (d->rela.hdr |
||
5812 | && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, |
||
5813 | d->rela.hdr, |
||
5814 | name, TRUE)) |
||
5815 | return FALSE; |
||
5816 | |||
5817 | /* Update section size and contents. */ |
||
5818 | shdrp->sh_size = sec->size; |
||
5819 | shdrp->contents = sec->contents; |
||
5820 | shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL; |
||
5821 | } |
||
5822 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, |
||
5823 | off, |
||
5824 | TRUE); |
||
5825 | } |
||
5826 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 5827 | } |
5828 | |||
6324 | serge | 5829 | /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been |
5830 | compressed. */ |
||
5831 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
||
5832 | shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; |
||
5833 | shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
||
5834 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); |
||
5835 | |||
5836 | /* Place the section headers. */ |
||
5837 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
||
5838 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
5839 | off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); |
||
5840 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; |
||
5841 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; |
||
5197 | serge | 5842 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; |
6324 | serge | 5843 | |
5844 | return TRUE; |
||
5197 | serge | 5845 | } |
5846 | |||
5847 | bfd_boolean |
||
5848 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) |
||
5849 | { |
||
5850 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
5851 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; |
||
5852 | bfd_boolean failed; |
||
5853 | unsigned int count, num_sec; |
||
5854 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t; |
||
5855 | |||
5856 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
||
5857 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
||
5858 | return FALSE; |
||
5859 | |||
5860 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); |
||
5861 | |||
5862 | failed = FALSE; |
||
5863 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); |
||
5864 | if (failed) |
||
5865 | return FALSE; |
||
5866 | |||
6324 | serge | 5867 | if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd)) |
5868 | return FALSE; |
||
5197 | serge | 5869 | |
5870 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ |
||
5871 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); |
||
5872 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) |
||
5873 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 5874 | i_shdrp[count]->sh_name |
5875 | = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), |
||
5876 | i_shdrp[count]->sh_name); |
||
5197 | serge | 5877 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) |
5878 | (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); |
||
5879 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) |
||
5880 | { |
||
5881 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; |
||
5882 | |||
5883 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
5884 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) |
||
5885 | return FALSE; |
||
5886 | } |
||
5887 | } |
||
5888 | |||
5889 | /* Write out the section header names. */ |
||
5890 | t = elf_tdata (abfd); |
||
5891 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL |
||
5892 | && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
5893 | || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) |
||
5894 | return FALSE; |
||
5895 | |||
5896 | if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) |
||
5897 | (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd)); |
||
5898 | |||
5899 | if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) |
||
5900 | return FALSE; |
||
5901 | |||
5902 | /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ |
||
5903 | if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL) |
||
5904 | return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd); |
||
5905 | |||
5906 | return TRUE; |
||
5907 | } |
||
5908 | |||
5909 | bfd_boolean |
||
5910 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) |
||
5911 | { |
||
5912 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ |
||
5913 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); |
||
5914 | } |
||
5915 | |||
5916 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ |
||
5917 | |||
5918 | unsigned int |
||
5919 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) |
||
5920 | { |
||
5921 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
5922 | unsigned int sec_index; |
||
5923 | |||
5924 | if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL |
||
5925 | && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) |
||
5926 | return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; |
||
5927 | |||
5928 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) |
||
5929 | sec_index = SHN_ABS; |
||
5930 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) |
||
5931 | sec_index = SHN_COMMON; |
||
5932 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) |
||
5933 | sec_index = SHN_UNDEF; |
||
5934 | else |
||
5935 | sec_index = SHN_BAD; |
||
5936 | |||
5937 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
5938 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) |
||
5939 | { |
||
5940 | int retval = sec_index; |
||
5941 | |||
5942 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) |
||
5943 | return retval; |
||
5944 | } |
||
5945 | |||
5946 | if (sec_index == SHN_BAD) |
||
5947 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); |
||
5948 | |||
5949 | return sec_index; |
||
5950 | } |
||
5951 | |||
5952 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 |
||
5953 | on error. */ |
||
5954 | |||
5955 | int |
||
5956 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) |
||
5957 | { |
||
5958 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; |
||
5959 | int idx; |
||
5960 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; |
||
5961 | |||
5962 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its |
||
5963 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the |
||
5964 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating |
||
5965 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the |
||
5966 | input sections rather than the output section. */ |
||
5967 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 |
||
5968 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
||
5969 | && asym_ptr->section) |
||
5970 | { |
||
5971 | asection *sec; |
||
5972 | int indx; |
||
5973 | |||
5974 | sec = asym_ptr->section; |
||
5975 | if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) |
||
5976 | sec = sec->output_section; |
||
5977 | if (sec->owner == abfd |
||
5978 | && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) |
||
5979 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) |
||
5980 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; |
||
5981 | } |
||
5982 | |||
5983 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; |
||
5984 | |||
5985 | if (idx == 0) |
||
5986 | { |
||
5987 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol |
||
5988 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ |
||
5989 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
5990 | (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), |
||
5991 | abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); |
||
5992 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); |
||
5993 | return -1; |
||
5994 | } |
||
5995 | |||
5996 | #if DEBUG & 4 |
||
5997 | { |
||
5998 | fprintf (stderr, |
||
5999 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n", |
||
6000 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags); |
||
6001 | fflush (stderr); |
||
6002 | } |
||
6003 | #endif |
||
6004 | |||
6005 | return idx; |
||
6006 | } |
||
6007 | |||
6008 | /* Rewrite program header information. */ |
||
6009 | |||
6010 | static bfd_boolean |
||
6011 | rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
||
6012 | { |
||
6013 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
||
6014 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
||
6015 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
||
6016 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
||
6017 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
||
6018 | asection *section; |
||
6019 | unsigned int i; |
||
6020 | unsigned int num_segments; |
||
6021 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
||
6022 | bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; |
||
6023 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; |
||
6024 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; |
||
6025 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; |
||
6026 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
6027 | |||
6028 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
||
6029 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
||
6030 | |||
6031 | map_first = NULL; |
||
6032 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
||
6033 | |||
6034 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
||
6035 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; |
||
6036 | |||
6037 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ |
||
6038 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ |
||
6039 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ |
||
6040 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) |
||
6041 | |||
6042 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ |
||
6043 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
||
6044 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ |
||
6045 | ? section->size : 0) |
||
6046 | |||
6047 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
||
6048 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ |
||
6049 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ |
||
6050 | (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ |
||
6051 | && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
||
6052 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) |
||
6053 | |||
6054 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within |
||
6055 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ |
||
6056 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ |
||
6057 | (section->lma >= base \ |
||
6058 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ |
||
6059 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) |
||
6060 | |||
6061 | /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ |
||
6062 | #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ |
||
6063 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ |
||
6064 | && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ |
||
6065 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
||
6066 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
||
6067 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
||
6068 | |||
6069 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo |
||
6070 | etc. */ |
||
6071 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ |
||
6072 | (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ |
||
6073 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ |
||
6074 | && s->vma == 0 \ |
||
6075 | && s->lma == 0) |
||
6076 | |||
6077 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris |
||
6078 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and |
||
6079 | p_memsz set to 0. */ |
||
6080 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ |
||
6081 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ |
||
6082 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \ |
||
6083 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \ |
||
6084 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ |
||
6085 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ |
||
6086 | && s->size > 0 \ |
||
6087 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ |
||
6088 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ |
||
6089 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) |
||
6090 | |||
6091 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. |
||
6092 | A section will be included if: |
||
6093 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA |
||
6094 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, |
||
6095 | 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE |
||
6096 | segment. |
||
6097 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, |
||
6098 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. |
||
6099 | 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. |
||
6100 | 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. |
||
6101 | 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. |
||
6102 | 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning |
||
6103 | (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ |
||
6104 | #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
||
6105 | ((((segment->p_paddr \ |
||
6106 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ |
||
6107 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ |
||
6108 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ |
||
6109 | || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ |
||
6110 | && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ |
||
6111 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ |
||
6112 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ |
||
6113 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ |
||
6114 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ |
||
6115 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ |
||
6116 | && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ |
||
6117 | || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ |
||
6118 | || (segment->p_paddr \ |
||
6119 | ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ |
||
6120 | : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ |
||
6121 | || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ |
||
6122 | == 0)) \ |
||
6123 | && !section->segment_mark) |
||
6124 | |||
6125 | /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, |
||
6126 | it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
||
6127 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ |
||
6128 | (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ |
||
6129 | && section->output_section != NULL) |
||
6130 | |||
6131 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ |
||
6132 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ |
||
6133 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) |
||
6134 | |||
6135 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both |
||
6136 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. |
||
6137 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA |
||
6138 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped |
||
6139 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different |
||
6140 | LMA. */ |
||
6141 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ |
||
6142 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ |
||
6143 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ |
||
6144 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ |
||
6145 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) |
||
6146 | |||
6147 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ |
||
6148 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
||
6149 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
||
6150 | |||
6151 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the |
||
6152 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a |
||
6153 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it |
||
6154 | don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ |
||
6155 | p_paddr_valid = FALSE; |
||
6156 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6157 | i < num_segments; |
||
6158 | i++, segment++) |
||
6159 | if (segment->p_paddr != 0) |
||
6160 | { |
||
6161 | p_paddr_valid = TRUE; |
||
6162 | break; |
||
6163 | } |
||
6164 | |||
6165 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header |
||
6166 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps |
||
6167 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird |
||
6168 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ |
||
6169 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6170 | i < num_segments; |
||
6171 | i++, segment++) |
||
6172 | { |
||
6173 | unsigned int j; |
||
6174 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; |
||
6175 | |||
6176 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) |
||
6177 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) |
||
6178 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) |
||
6179 | { |
||
6180 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment |
||
6181 | assignment code will work. */ |
||
6182 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; |
||
6183 | break; |
||
6184 | } |
||
6185 | |||
6186 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
||
6187 | { |
||
6188 | /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ |
||
6189 | if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) |
||
6190 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
||
6191 | continue; |
||
6192 | } |
||
6193 | |||
6194 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ |
||
6195 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) |
||
6196 | { |
||
6197 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; |
||
6198 | |||
6199 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD |
||
6200 | || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) |
||
6201 | continue; |
||
6202 | |||
6203 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ |
||
6204 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) |
||
6205 | { |
||
6206 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete |
||
6207 | SEGMENT. */ |
||
6208 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) |
||
6209 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); |
||
6210 | |||
6211 | if (extra_length > 0) |
||
6212 | { |
||
6213 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; |
||
6214 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; |
||
6215 | } |
||
6216 | |||
6217 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; |
||
6218 | |||
6219 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ |
||
6220 | i = 0; |
||
6221 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6222 | break; |
||
6223 | } |
||
6224 | else |
||
6225 | { |
||
6226 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete |
||
6227 | SEGMENT2. */ |
||
6228 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) |
||
6229 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); |
||
6230 | |||
6231 | if (extra_length > 0) |
||
6232 | { |
||
6233 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; |
||
6234 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; |
||
6235 | } |
||
6236 | |||
6237 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; |
||
6238 | } |
||
6239 | } |
||
6240 | } |
||
6241 | |||
6242 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ |
||
6243 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6244 | i < num_segments; |
||
6245 | i++, segment++) |
||
6246 | { |
||
6247 | unsigned int section_count; |
||
6248 | asection **sections; |
||
6249 | asection *output_section; |
||
6250 | unsigned int isec; |
||
6251 | bfd_vma matching_lma; |
||
6252 | bfd_vma suggested_lma; |
||
6253 | unsigned int j; |
||
6254 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
6255 | asection *first_section; |
||
6256 | bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; |
||
6257 | bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; |
||
6258 | |||
6259 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) |
||
6260 | continue; |
||
6261 | |||
6262 | first_section = NULL; |
||
6263 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ |
||
6264 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
||
6265 | section != NULL; |
||
6266 | section = section->next) |
||
6267 | { |
||
6268 | /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be |
||
6269 | removed from the corresponding output segment. */ |
||
6270 | if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
||
6271 | { |
||
6272 | if (first_section == NULL) |
||
6273 | first_section = section; |
||
6274 | if (section->output_section != NULL) |
||
6275 | ++section_count; |
||
6276 | } |
||
6277 | } |
||
6278 | |||
6279 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
||
6280 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
||
6281 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
6282 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
||
6283 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
||
6284 | if (map == NULL) |
||
6285 | return FALSE; |
||
6286 | |||
6287 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to |
||
6288 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ |
||
6289 | map->next = NULL; |
||
6290 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
||
6291 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
||
6292 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
||
6293 | |||
6294 | /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is |
||
6295 | no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding |
||
6296 | output segment. */ |
||
6297 | if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) |
||
6298 | { |
||
6299 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
||
6300 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; |
||
6301 | } |
||
6302 | |||
6303 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
||
6304 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
||
6305 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
||
6306 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
||
6307 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
||
6308 | |||
6309 | if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
||
6310 | { |
||
6311 | map->includes_phdrs = |
||
6312 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
||
6313 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
||
6314 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
||
6315 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
||
6316 | |||
6317 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
||
6318 | phdr_included = TRUE; |
||
6319 | } |
||
6320 | |||
6321 | if (section_count == 0) |
||
6322 | { |
||
6323 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain |
||
6324 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain |
||
6325 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only |
||
6326 | a warning is produced. */ |
||
6327 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) |
||
6324 | serge | 6328 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\ |
6329 | %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"), |
||
5197 | serge | 6330 | ibfd); |
6331 | |||
6332 | map->count = 0; |
||
6333 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
||
6334 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
||
6335 | |||
6336 | continue; |
||
6337 | } |
||
6338 | |||
6339 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt |
||
6340 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. |
||
6341 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has |
||
6342 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: |
||
6343 | |||
6344 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. |
||
6345 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the |
||
6346 | input BFD. |
||
6347 | |||
6348 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. |
||
6349 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
||
6350 | of the first section. |
||
6351 | |||
6352 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. |
||
6353 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be |
||
6354 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, |
||
6355 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will |
||
6356 | have to be created to contain the other sections. |
||
6357 | |||
6358 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. |
||
6359 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA |
||
6360 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment |
||
6361 | or segments to contain the other sections. |
||
6362 | |||
6363 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section |
||
6364 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned |
||
6365 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ |
||
6366 | |||
6367 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); |
||
6368 | if (sections == NULL) |
||
6369 | return FALSE; |
||
6370 | |||
6371 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. |
||
6372 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. |
||
6373 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common |
||
6374 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that |
||
6375 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing |
||
6376 | more to do. */ |
||
6377 | isec = 0; |
||
6378 | matching_lma = 0; |
||
6379 | suggested_lma = 0; |
||
6380 | first_matching_lma = TRUE; |
||
6381 | first_suggested_lma = TRUE; |
||
6382 | |||
6383 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
||
6384 | section != NULL; |
||
6385 | section = section->next) |
||
6386 | if (section == first_section) |
||
6387 | break; |
||
6388 | |||
6389 | for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) |
||
6390 | { |
||
6391 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) |
||
6392 | { |
||
6393 | output_section = section->output_section; |
||
6394 | |||
6395 | sections[j++] = section; |
||
6396 | |||
6397 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. |
||
6398 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the |
||
6399 | correct value. Note - some backends require that |
||
6400 | p_paddr be left as zero. */ |
||
6401 | if (!p_paddr_valid |
||
6402 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 |
||
6403 | && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
||
6404 | && isec == 0 |
||
6405 | && output_section->lma != 0 |
||
6406 | && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr |
||
6407 | + (map->includes_filehdr |
||
6408 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize |
||
6409 | : 0) |
||
6410 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
||
6411 | ? (iehdr->e_phnum |
||
6412 | * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
||
6413 | : 0))) |
||
6414 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; |
||
6415 | |||
6416 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the |
||
6417 | LMA address of the output section. */ |
||
6418 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
||
6419 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) |
||
6420 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
||
6421 | && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) |
||
6422 | { |
||
6423 | if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) |
||
6424 | { |
||
6425 | matching_lma = output_section->lma; |
||
6426 | first_matching_lma = FALSE; |
||
6427 | } |
||
6428 | |||
6429 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment |
||
6430 | then it does not overlap any other section within that |
||
6431 | segment. */ |
||
6432 | map->sections[isec++] = output_section; |
||
6433 | } |
||
6434 | else if (first_suggested_lma) |
||
6435 | { |
||
6436 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
||
6437 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
||
6438 | } |
||
6439 | |||
6440 | if (j == section_count) |
||
6441 | break; |
||
6442 | } |
||
6443 | } |
||
6444 | |||
6445 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); |
||
6446 | |||
6447 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, |
||
6448 | if necessary. */ |
||
6449 | if (isec == section_count) |
||
6450 | { |
||
6451 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently |
||
6452 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to |
||
6453 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next |
||
6454 | program header in the input BFD. */ |
||
6455 | map->count = section_count; |
||
6456 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
||
6457 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
||
6458 | |||
6459 | if (p_paddr_valid |
||
6460 | && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero |
||
6461 | && matching_lma != map->p_paddr |
||
6462 | && !map->includes_filehdr |
||
6463 | && !map->includes_phdrs) |
||
6464 | /* There is some padding before the first section in the |
||
6465 | segment. So, we must account for that in the output |
||
6466 | segment's vma. */ |
||
6467 | map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; |
||
6468 | |||
6469 | free (sections); |
||
6470 | continue; |
||
6471 | } |
||
6472 | else |
||
6473 | { |
||
6474 | if (!first_matching_lma) |
||
6475 | { |
||
6476 | /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. |
||
6477 | Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the |
||
6478 | LMA of the first section that fitted. */ |
||
6479 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma; |
||
6480 | } |
||
6481 | else |
||
6482 | { |
||
6483 | /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. |
||
6484 | Change the current segment's physical address to match |
||
6485 | the LMA of the first section. */ |
||
6486 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
||
6487 | } |
||
6488 | |||
6489 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma |
||
6490 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ |
||
6491 | if (map->includes_filehdr) |
||
6492 | { |
||
6493 | if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize) |
||
6494 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; |
||
6495 | else |
||
6496 | { |
||
6497 | map->includes_filehdr = FALSE; |
||
6498 | map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; |
||
6499 | } |
||
6500 | } |
||
6501 | |||
6502 | if (map->includes_phdrs) |
||
6503 | { |
||
6504 | if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) |
||
6505 | { |
||
6506 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
||
6507 | |||
6508 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number |
||
6509 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note |
||
6510 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose |
||
6511 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the |
||
6512 | offset when we know the correct value. */ |
||
6513 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; |
||
6514 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; |
||
6515 | } |
||
6516 | else |
||
6517 | map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; |
||
6518 | } |
||
6519 | } |
||
6520 | |||
6521 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning |
||
6522 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the |
||
6523 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all |
||
6524 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is |
||
6525 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain |
||
6526 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating |
||
6527 | the loop. */ |
||
6528 | isec = 0; |
||
6529 | do |
||
6530 | { |
||
6531 | map->count = 0; |
||
6532 | suggested_lma = 0; |
||
6533 | first_suggested_lma = TRUE; |
||
6534 | |||
6535 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ |
||
6536 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) |
||
6537 | { |
||
6538 | section = sections[j]; |
||
6539 | |||
6540 | if (section == NULL) |
||
6541 | continue; |
||
6542 | |||
6543 | output_section = section->output_section; |
||
6544 | |||
6545 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); |
||
6546 | |||
6547 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) |
||
6548 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) |
||
6549 | { |
||
6550 | if (map->count == 0) |
||
6551 | { |
||
6552 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at |
||
6553 | the beginning of the segment, then something is |
||
6554 | wrong. */ |
||
6555 | if (output_section->lma |
||
6556 | != (map->p_paddr |
||
6557 | + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) |
||
6558 | + (map->includes_phdrs |
||
6559 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize |
||
6560 | : 0))) |
||
6561 | abort (); |
||
6562 | } |
||
6563 | else |
||
6564 | { |
||
6565 | asection *prev_sec; |
||
6566 | |||
6567 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; |
||
6568 | |||
6569 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section |
||
6570 | and the start of this section is more than |
||
6571 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ |
||
6572 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, |
||
6573 | maxpagesize) |
||
6574 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) |
||
6575 | || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size |
||
6576 | > output_section->lma)) |
||
6577 | { |
||
6578 | if (first_suggested_lma) |
||
6579 | { |
||
6580 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
||
6581 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
||
6582 | } |
||
6583 | |||
6584 | continue; |
||
6585 | } |
||
6586 | } |
||
6587 | |||
6588 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; |
||
6589 | ++isec; |
||
6590 | sections[j] = NULL; |
||
6591 | section->segment_mark = TRUE; |
||
6592 | } |
||
6593 | else if (first_suggested_lma) |
||
6594 | { |
||
6595 | suggested_lma = output_section->lma; |
||
6596 | first_suggested_lma = FALSE; |
||
6597 | } |
||
6598 | } |
||
6599 | |||
6600 | BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); |
||
6601 | |||
6602 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ |
||
6603 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
||
6604 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
||
6605 | |||
6606 | if (isec < section_count) |
||
6607 | { |
||
6608 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to |
||
6609 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it |
||
6610 | and carry on looping. */ |
||
6611 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
6612 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
||
6613 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
||
6614 | if (map == NULL) |
||
6615 | { |
||
6616 | free (sections); |
||
6617 | return FALSE; |
||
6618 | } |
||
6619 | |||
6620 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical |
||
6621 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has |
||
6622 | not yet been assigned. */ |
||
6623 | map->next = NULL; |
||
6624 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
||
6625 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
||
6626 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
||
6627 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; |
||
6628 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; |
||
6629 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; |
||
6630 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
||
6631 | } |
||
6632 | } |
||
6633 | while (isec < section_count); |
||
6634 | |||
6635 | free (sections); |
||
6636 | } |
||
6637 | |||
6638 | elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; |
||
6639 | |||
6640 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were |
||
6641 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust |
||
6642 | the offset if necessary. */ |
||
6643 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) |
||
6644 | { |
||
6645 | unsigned int count; |
||
6646 | |||
6647 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) |
||
6648 | count++; |
||
6649 | |||
6650 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) |
||
6651 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr |
||
6652 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; |
||
6653 | } |
||
6654 | |||
6655 | #undef SEGMENT_END |
||
6656 | #undef SECTION_SIZE |
||
6657 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA |
||
6658 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA |
||
6659 | #undef IS_NOTE |
||
6660 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE |
||
6661 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP |
||
6662 | #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT |
||
6663 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT |
||
6664 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT |
||
6665 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS |
||
6666 | return TRUE; |
||
6667 | } |
||
6668 | |||
6669 | /* Copy ELF program header information. */ |
||
6670 | |||
6671 | static bfd_boolean |
||
6672 | copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
||
6673 | { |
||
6674 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; |
||
6675 | struct elf_segment_map *map; |
||
6676 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; |
||
6677 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; |
||
6678 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
||
6679 | unsigned int i; |
||
6680 | unsigned int num_segments; |
||
6681 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; |
||
6682 | bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; |
||
6683 | |||
6684 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); |
||
6685 | |||
6686 | map_first = NULL; |
||
6687 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; |
||
6688 | |||
6689 | /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set |
||
6690 | map->p_paddr_valid. */ |
||
6691 | p_paddr_valid = FALSE; |
||
6692 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
||
6693 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6694 | i < num_segments; |
||
6695 | i++, segment++) |
||
6696 | if (segment->p_paddr != 0) |
||
6697 | { |
||
6698 | p_paddr_valid = TRUE; |
||
6699 | break; |
||
6700 | } |
||
6701 | |||
6702 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6703 | i < num_segments; |
||
6704 | i++, segment++) |
||
6705 | { |
||
6706 | asection *section; |
||
6707 | unsigned int section_count; |
||
6708 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
6709 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
||
6710 | asection *first_section = NULL; |
||
6711 | asection *lowest_section; |
||
6712 | |||
6713 | /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ |
||
6714 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; |
||
6715 | section != NULL; |
||
6716 | section = section->next) |
||
6717 | { |
||
6718 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
||
6719 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) |
||
6720 | { |
||
6721 | if (first_section == NULL) |
||
6722 | first_section = section; |
||
6723 | section_count++; |
||
6724 | } |
||
6725 | } |
||
6726 | |||
6727 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain |
||
6728 | all of the sections we have selected. */ |
||
6729 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); |
||
6730 | if (section_count != 0) |
||
6731 | amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); |
||
6732 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); |
||
6733 | if (map == NULL) |
||
6734 | return FALSE; |
||
6735 | |||
6736 | /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the |
||
6737 | input segment. */ |
||
6738 | map->next = NULL; |
||
6739 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; |
||
6740 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; |
||
6741 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; |
||
6742 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; |
||
6743 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; |
||
6744 | map->p_align = segment->p_align; |
||
6745 | map->p_align_valid = 1; |
||
6746 | map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; |
||
6747 | |||
6748 | if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO |
||
6749 | || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) |
||
6750 | { |
||
6751 | /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few |
||
6752 | bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt |
||
6753 | section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't |
||
6754 | change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. |
||
6755 | Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux |
||
6756 | systems. */ |
||
6757 | map->p_size = segment->p_memsz; |
||
6758 | map->p_size_valid = 1; |
||
6759 | } |
||
6760 | |||
6761 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header |
||
6762 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ |
||
6763 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 |
||
6764 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); |
||
6765 | |||
6766 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; |
||
6767 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) |
||
6768 | { |
||
6769 | map->includes_phdrs = |
||
6770 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
||
6771 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz |
||
6772 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff |
||
6773 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); |
||
6774 | |||
6775 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) |
||
6776 | phdr_included = TRUE; |
||
6777 | } |
||
6778 | |||
6324 | serge | 6779 | lowest_section = NULL; |
5197 | serge | 6780 | if (section_count != 0) |
6781 | { |
||
6782 | unsigned int isec = 0; |
||
6783 | |||
6784 | for (section = first_section; |
||
6785 | section != NULL; |
||
6786 | section = section->next) |
||
6787 | { |
||
6788 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
||
6789 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) |
||
6790 | { |
||
6791 | map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; |
||
6792 | if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) |
||
6793 | { |
||
6794 | bfd_vma seg_off; |
||
6795 | |||
6324 | serge | 6796 | if (lowest_section == NULL |
6797 | || section->lma < lowest_section->lma) |
||
5197 | serge | 6798 | lowest_section = section; |
6799 | |||
6800 | /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header |
||
6801 | p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr. |
||
6802 | If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees |
||
6803 | with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as |
||
6804 | invalid. */ |
||
6805 | if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) |
||
6806 | seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset; |
||
6807 | else |
||
6808 | seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr; |
||
6809 | if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off) |
||
6810 | map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE; |
||
6811 | } |
||
6812 | if (isec == section_count) |
||
6813 | break; |
||
6814 | } |
||
6815 | } |
||
6816 | } |
||
6817 | |||
6818 | if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL) |
||
6819 | /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */ |
||
6820 | map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr; |
||
6821 | |||
6822 | if (!map->includes_phdrs |
||
6823 | && !map->includes_filehdr |
||
6824 | && map->p_paddr_valid) |
||
6825 | /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ |
||
6826 | map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) |
||
6827 | - segment->p_paddr); |
||
6828 | |||
6829 | map->count = section_count; |
||
6830 | *pointer_to_map = map; |
||
6831 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; |
||
6832 | } |
||
6833 | |||
6834 | elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; |
||
6835 | return TRUE; |
||
6836 | } |
||
6837 | |||
6838 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header |
||
6839 | information. */ |
||
6840 | |||
6841 | static bfd_boolean |
||
6842 | copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
||
6843 | { |
||
6844 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
||
6845 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
6846 | return TRUE; |
||
6847 | |||
6848 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) |
||
6849 | return TRUE; |
||
6850 | |||
6851 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) |
||
6852 | { |
||
6853 | /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD |
||
6854 | covered by ELF program header have changed. */ |
||
6855 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
||
6856 | asection *section, *osec; |
||
6857 | unsigned int i, num_segments; |
||
6858 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; |
||
6859 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
6860 | |||
6861 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); |
||
6862 | |||
6863 | /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ |
||
6864 | if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) |
||
6865 | goto rewrite; |
||
6866 | |||
6867 | /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ |
||
6868 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
||
6869 | section = section->next) |
||
6870 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
||
6871 | |||
6872 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
||
6873 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6874 | i < num_segments; |
||
6875 | i++, segment++) |
||
6876 | { |
||
6877 | /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr |
||
6878 | and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 |
||
6879 | which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment |
||
6880 | map in this case. */ |
||
6881 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 |
||
6882 | && segment->p_memsz == 0 |
||
6883 | && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) |
||
6884 | goto rewrite; |
||
6885 | |||
6886 | for (section = ibfd->sections; |
||
6887 | section != NULL; section = section->next) |
||
6888 | { |
||
6889 | /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes |
||
6890 | from the input BFD. */ |
||
6891 | osec = section->output_section; |
||
6892 | if (osec) |
||
6893 | osec->segment_mark = TRUE; |
||
6894 | |||
6895 | /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ |
||
6896 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); |
||
6897 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) |
||
6898 | { |
||
6899 | /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or |
||
6900 | removed. What else do we need to check? */ |
||
6901 | if (osec == NULL |
||
6902 | || section->flags != osec->flags |
||
6903 | || section->lma != osec->lma |
||
6904 | || section->vma != osec->vma |
||
6905 | || section->size != osec->size |
||
6906 | || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize |
||
6907 | || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) |
||
6908 | goto rewrite; |
||
6909 | } |
||
6910 | } |
||
6911 | } |
||
6912 | |||
6913 | /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the |
||
6914 | input BFD. */ |
||
6915 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; |
||
6916 | section = section->next) |
||
6917 | { |
||
6918 | if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) |
||
6919 | goto rewrite; |
||
6920 | else |
||
6921 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; |
||
6922 | } |
||
6923 | |||
6924 | return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
||
6925 | } |
||
6926 | |||
6927 | rewrite: |
||
6928 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) |
||
6929 | { |
||
6930 | /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to |
||
6931 | the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */ |
||
6932 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; |
||
6933 | unsigned int i; |
||
6934 | unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; |
||
6935 | bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0; |
||
6936 | |||
6937 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; |
||
6938 | i < num_segments; |
||
6939 | i++, segment++) |
||
6940 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD |
||
6941 | && maxpagesize < segment->p_align) |
||
6324 | serge | 6942 | { |
6943 | /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */ |
||
6944 | if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2)) |
||
6945 | (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\ |
||
6946 | %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"), |
||
6947 | ibfd, (long long) segment->p_align); |
||
6948 | else |
||
6949 | maxpagesize = segment->p_align; |
||
6950 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 6951 | |
6952 | if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize) |
||
6953 | bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize); |
||
6954 | } |
||
6955 | |||
6956 | return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); |
||
6957 | } |
||
6958 | |||
6959 | /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ |
||
6960 | |||
6961 | bfd_boolean |
||
6962 | _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
||
6963 | asection *isec, |
||
6964 | bfd *obfd, |
||
6965 | asection *osec, |
||
6966 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) |
||
6967 | |||
6968 | { |
||
6969 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 6970 | bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL |
6971 | && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)); |
||
5197 | serge | 6972 | |
6973 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
||
6974 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
6975 | return TRUE; |
||
6976 | |||
6977 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL); |
||
6978 | |||
6979 | /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF |
||
6980 | section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been |
||
6981 | set to something different. For a final link allow some flags |
||
6982 | that the linker clears to differ. */ |
||
6983 | if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL |
||
6984 | && (osec->flags == isec->flags |
||
6985 | || (final_link |
||
6986 | && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags) |
||
6987 | & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0))) |
||
6988 | elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); |
||
6989 | |||
6990 | /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ |
||
6991 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) |
||
6992 | & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); |
||
6993 | |||
6994 | /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output |
||
6995 | SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back |
||
6996 | to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. |
||
6997 | See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ |
||
6998 | if (!final_link) |
||
6999 | { |
||
7000 | if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL |
||
7001 | || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) |
||
7002 | { |
||
7003 | if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) |
||
7004 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; |
||
7005 | elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
||
7006 | elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; |
||
7007 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 7008 | |
7009 | /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */ |
||
7010 | if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0) |
||
7011 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) |
||
7012 | & SHF_COMPRESSED); |
||
5197 | serge | 7013 | } |
7014 | |||
7015 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
||
7016 | |||
7017 | /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We |
||
7018 | don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it |
||
7019 | may be NULL at this point. */ |
||
7020 | if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) |
||
7021 | { |
||
7022 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
||
7023 | ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; |
||
7024 | elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); |
||
7025 | } |
||
7026 | |||
7027 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; |
||
7028 | |||
7029 | return TRUE; |
||
7030 | } |
||
7031 | |||
7032 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize |
||
7033 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ |
||
7034 | |||
7035 | bfd_boolean |
||
7036 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, |
||
7037 | asection *isec, |
||
7038 | bfd *obfd, |
||
7039 | asection *osec) |
||
7040 | { |
||
7041 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; |
||
7042 | |||
7043 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
||
7044 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
7045 | return TRUE; |
||
7046 | |||
7047 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; |
||
7048 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; |
||
7049 | |||
7050 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; |
||
7051 | |||
7052 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB |
||
7053 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM |
||
7054 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed |
||
7055 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) |
||
7056 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; |
||
7057 | |||
7058 | return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, |
||
7059 | NULL); |
||
7060 | } |
||
7061 | |||
7062 | /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments |
||
7063 | necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of |
||
7064 | the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's |
||
7065 | output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this |
||
7066 | function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called |
||
7067 | from the linker. */ |
||
7068 | |||
7069 | bfd_boolean |
||
7070 | _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded) |
||
7071 | { |
||
7072 | asection *isec; |
||
7073 | |||
7074 | for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) |
||
7075 | if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP) |
||
7076 | { |
||
7077 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); |
||
7078 | asection *s = first; |
||
7079 | bfd_size_type removed = 0; |
||
7080 | |||
7081 | while (s != NULL) |
||
7082 | { |
||
7083 | /* If this member section is being output but the |
||
7084 | SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info |
||
7085 | set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */ |
||
7086 | if (s->output_section != discarded |
||
7087 | && isec->output_section == discarded) |
||
7088 | { |
||
7089 | elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; |
||
7090 | elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; |
||
7091 | } |
||
7092 | /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output |
||
7093 | but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */ |
||
7094 | else if (s->output_section == discarded |
||
7095 | && isec->output_section != discarded) |
||
7096 | removed += 4; |
||
7097 | s = elf_next_in_group (s); |
||
7098 | if (s == first) |
||
7099 | break; |
||
7100 | } |
||
7101 | if (removed != 0) |
||
7102 | { |
||
7103 | if (discarded != NULL) |
||
7104 | { |
||
7105 | /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to |
||
7106 | adjust the input section size. This function may |
||
7107 | be called multiple times, so save the original |
||
7108 | size. */ |
||
7109 | if (isec->rawsize == 0) |
||
7110 | isec->rawsize = isec->size; |
||
7111 | isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed; |
||
7112 | } |
||
7113 | else |
||
7114 | { |
||
7115 | /* Adjust the output section size when called from |
||
7116 | objcopy. */ |
||
7117 | isec->output_section->size -= removed; |
||
7118 | } |
||
7119 | } |
||
7120 | } |
||
7121 | |||
7122 | return TRUE; |
||
7123 | } |
||
7124 | |||
7125 | /* Copy private header information. */ |
||
7126 | |||
7127 | bfd_boolean |
||
7128 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) |
||
7129 | { |
||
7130 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
||
7131 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
7132 | return TRUE; |
||
7133 | |||
7134 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. |
||
7135 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data |
||
7136 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section |
||
7137 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have |
||
7138 | already been worked out. */ |
||
7139 | if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) |
||
7140 | { |
||
7141 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) |
||
7142 | return FALSE; |
||
7143 | } |
||
7144 | |||
7145 | return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL); |
||
7146 | } |
||
7147 | |||
7148 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section |
||
7149 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section |
||
7150 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped |
||
7151 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the |
||
7152 | swap_out_syms function. */ |
||
7153 | |||
7154 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) |
||
7155 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) |
||
7156 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) |
||
7157 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) |
||
7158 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) |
||
7159 | |||
7160 | bfd_boolean |
||
7161 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, |
||
7162 | asymbol *isymarg, |
||
7163 | bfd *obfd, |
||
7164 | asymbol *osymarg) |
||
7165 | { |
||
7166 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; |
||
7167 | |||
7168 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour |
||
7169 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
7170 | return TRUE; |
||
7171 | |||
7172 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); |
||
7173 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); |
||
7174 | |||
7175 | if (isym != NULL |
||
7176 | && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 |
||
7177 | && osym != NULL |
||
7178 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) |
||
7179 | { |
||
7180 | unsigned int shndx; |
||
7181 | |||
7182 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
||
7183 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) |
||
7184 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; |
||
7185 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) |
||
7186 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; |
||
7187 | else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd)) |
||
7188 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB; |
||
7189 | else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd)) |
||
7190 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; |
||
6324 | serge | 7191 | else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd))) |
5197 | serge | 7192 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; |
7193 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
||
7194 | } |
||
7195 | |||
7196 | return TRUE; |
||
7197 | } |
||
7198 | |||
7199 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ |
||
7200 | |||
7201 | static bfd_boolean |
||
7202 | swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, |
||
6324 | serge | 7203 | struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp, |
5197 | serge | 7204 | int relocatable_p) |
7205 | { |
||
7206 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; |
||
7207 | int symcount; |
||
7208 | asymbol **syms; |
||
6324 | serge | 7209 | struct elf_strtab_hash *stt; |
5197 | serge | 7210 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; |
7211 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; |
||
7212 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 7213 | struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab; |
5197 | serge | 7214 | bfd_byte *outbound_syms; |
7215 | bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; |
||
6324 | serge | 7216 | unsigned long outbound_syms_index; |
7217 | unsigned long outbound_shndx_index; |
||
5197 | serge | 7218 | int idx; |
7219 | unsigned int num_locals; |
||
7220 | bfd_size_type amt; |
||
7221 | bfd_boolean name_local_sections; |
||
7222 | |||
7223 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals)) |
||
7224 | return FALSE; |
||
7225 | |||
7226 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 7227 | stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); |
5197 | serge | 7228 | if (stt == NULL) |
7229 | return FALSE; |
||
7230 | |||
7231 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
7232 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); |
||
7233 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
||
7234 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; |
||
7235 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; |
||
7236 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); |
||
7237 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1; |
||
7238 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; |
||
7239 | |||
7240 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; |
||
7241 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
||
7242 | |||
6324 | serge | 7243 | /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */ |
7244 | symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1) |
||
7245 | * sizeof (*symstrtab)); |
||
7246 | if (symstrtab == NULL) |
||
7247 | { |
||
7248 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt); |
||
7249 | return FALSE; |
||
7250 | } |
||
7251 | |||
5197 | serge | 7252 | outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, |
7253 | bed->s->sizeof_sym); |
||
7254 | if (outbound_syms == NULL) |
||
7255 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 7256 | error_return: |
7257 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt); |
||
7258 | free (symstrtab); |
||
5197 | serge | 7259 | return FALSE; |
7260 | } |
||
7261 | symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; |
||
6324 | serge | 7262 | outbound_syms_index = 0; |
5197 | serge | 7263 | |
7264 | outbound_shndx = NULL; |
||
6324 | serge | 7265 | outbound_shndx_index = 0; |
7266 | |||
7267 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)) |
||
5197 | serge | 7268 | { |
6324 | serge | 7269 | symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr; |
7270 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) |
||
5197 | serge | 7271 | { |
6324 | serge | 7272 | amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
7273 | outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *) |
||
7274 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); |
||
7275 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL) |
||
7276 | goto error_return; |
||
7277 | |||
7278 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; |
||
7279 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; |
||
7280 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; |
||
7281 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
||
7282 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); |
||
5197 | serge | 7283 | } |
6324 | serge | 7284 | /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */ |
5197 | serge | 7285 | } |
7286 | |||
7287 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ |
||
7288 | { |
||
7289 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ |
||
7290 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
||
7291 | sym.st_name = 0; |
||
7292 | sym.st_value = 0; |
||
7293 | sym.st_size = 0; |
||
7294 | sym.st_info = 0; |
||
7295 | sym.st_other = 0; |
||
7296 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; |
||
7297 | sym.st_target_internal = 0; |
||
6324 | serge | 7298 | symstrtab[0].sym = sym; |
7299 | symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index; |
||
7300 | symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index; |
||
7301 | outbound_syms_index++; |
||
5197 | serge | 7302 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
6324 | serge | 7303 | outbound_shndx_index++; |
5197 | serge | 7304 | } |
7305 | |||
7306 | name_local_sections |
||
7307 | = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols |
||
7308 | && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); |
||
7309 | |||
7310 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); |
||
6324 | serge | 7311 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;) |
5197 | serge | 7312 | { |
7313 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; |
||
7314 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; |
||
7315 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; |
||
7316 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; |
||
7317 | int type; |
||
7318 | |||
7319 | if (!name_local_sections |
||
7320 | && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
||
7321 | { |
||
7322 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ |
||
6324 | serge | 7323 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1; |
5197 | serge | 7324 | } |
7325 | else |
||
7326 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 7327 | /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize |
7328 | to get the final offset for st_name. */ |
||
7329 | sym.st_name |
||
7330 | = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name, |
||
7331 | FALSE); |
||
5197 | serge | 7332 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
6324 | serge | 7333 | goto error_return; |
5197 | serge | 7334 | } |
7335 | |||
7336 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); |
||
7337 | |||
7338 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
||
7339 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
||
7340 | { |
||
7341 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, |
||
7342 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from |
||
7343 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ |
||
7344 | sym.st_size = value; |
||
7345 | if (type_ptr == NULL |
||
7346 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) |
||
7347 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); |
||
7348 | else |
||
7349 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; |
||
7350 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section |
||
7351 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); |
||
7352 | } |
||
7353 | else |
||
7354 | { |
||
7355 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; |
||
7356 | unsigned int shndx; |
||
7357 | |||
7358 | if (sec->output_section) |
||
7359 | { |
||
7360 | value += sec->output_offset; |
||
7361 | sec = sec->output_section; |
||
7362 | } |
||
7363 | |||
7364 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ |
||
7365 | if (! relocatable_p) |
||
7366 | value += sec->vma; |
||
7367 | sym.st_value = value; |
||
7368 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; |
||
7369 | |||
7370 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) |
||
7371 | && type_ptr != NULL |
||
7372 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) |
||
7373 | { |
||
7374 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did |
||
7375 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done |
||
7376 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ |
||
7377 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; |
||
7378 | switch (shndx) |
||
7379 | { |
||
7380 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB: |
||
7381 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); |
||
7382 | break; |
||
7383 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: |
||
7384 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); |
||
7385 | break; |
||
7386 | case MAP_STRTAB: |
||
7387 | shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); |
||
7388 | break; |
||
7389 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB: |
||
7390 | shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); |
||
7391 | break; |
||
7392 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: |
||
6324 | serge | 7393 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)) |
7394 | shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx; |
||
5197 | serge | 7395 | break; |
7396 | default: |
||
7397 | shndx = SHN_ABS; |
||
7398 | break; |
||
7399 | } |
||
7400 | } |
||
7401 | else |
||
7402 | { |
||
7403 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); |
||
7404 | |||
7405 | if (shndx == SHN_BAD) |
||
7406 | { |
||
7407 | asection *sec2; |
||
7408 | |||
7409 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if |
||
7410 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and |
||
7411 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to |
||
7412 | demand of applications. For example, it |
||
7413 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the |
||
7414 | section of a symbol to be a section that is |
||
7415 | actually in the output file. */ |
||
7416 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); |
||
7417 | if (sec2 == NULL) |
||
7418 | { |
||
7419 | _bfd_error_handler (_("\ |
||
7420 | Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), |
||
7421 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : " |
||
7422 | sec->name); |
||
7423 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
||
6324 | serge | 7424 | goto error_return; |
5197 | serge | 7425 | } |
7426 | |||
7427 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); |
||
7428 | BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); |
||
7429 | } |
||
7430 | } |
||
7431 | |||
7432 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; |
||
7433 | } |
||
7434 | |||
7435 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) |
||
7436 | type = STT_TLS; |
||
7437 | else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0) |
||
7438 | type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; |
||
7439 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) |
||
7440 | type = STT_FUNC; |
||
7441 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) |
||
7442 | type = STT_OBJECT; |
||
7443 | else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) |
||
7444 | type = STT_RELC; |
||
7445 | else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) |
||
7446 | type = STT_SRELC; |
||
7447 | else |
||
7448 | type = STT_NOTYPE; |
||
7449 | |||
7450 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) |
||
7451 | type = STT_TLS; |
||
7452 | |||
7453 | /* Processor-specific types. */ |
||
7454 | if (type_ptr != NULL |
||
7455 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
||
7456 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) |
||
7457 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); |
||
7458 | |||
7459 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) |
||
7460 | { |
||
7461 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
||
7462 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); |
||
7463 | else |
||
7464 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); |
||
7465 | } |
||
7466 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
||
7467 | { |
||
7468 | #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON |
||
7469 | if (type == STT_OBJECT) |
||
7470 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON); |
||
7471 | else |
||
7472 | #endif |
||
7473 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); |
||
7474 | } |
||
7475 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) |
||
7476 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) |
||
7477 | ? STB_WEAK |
||
7478 | : STB_GLOBAL), |
||
7479 | type); |
||
7480 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) |
||
7481 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); |
||
7482 | else |
||
7483 | { |
||
7484 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; |
||
7485 | |||
7486 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) |
||
7487 | bind = STB_LOCAL; |
||
7488 | else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE) |
||
7489 | bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE; |
||
7490 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) |
||
7491 | bind = STB_WEAK; |
||
7492 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) |
||
7493 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; |
||
7494 | |||
7495 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); |
||
7496 | } |
||
7497 | |||
7498 | if (type_ptr != NULL) |
||
7499 | { |
||
7500 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; |
||
7501 | sym.st_target_internal |
||
7502 | = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal; |
||
7503 | } |
||
7504 | else |
||
7505 | { |
||
7506 | sym.st_other = 0; |
||
7507 | sym.st_target_internal = 0; |
||
7508 | } |
||
7509 | |||
6324 | serge | 7510 | idx++; |
7511 | symstrtab[idx].sym = sym; |
||
7512 | symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index; |
||
7513 | symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index; |
||
7514 | |||
7515 | outbound_syms_index++; |
||
5197 | serge | 7516 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) |
6324 | serge | 7517 | outbound_shndx_index++; |
5197 | serge | 7518 | } |
7519 | |||
6324 | serge | 7520 | /* Finalize the .strtab section. */ |
7521 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt); |
||
7522 | |||
7523 | /* Swap out the .strtab section. */ |
||
7524 | for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++) |
||
7525 | { |
||
7526 | struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx]; |
||
7527 | if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) |
||
7528 | elfsym->sym.st_name = 0; |
||
7529 | else |
||
7530 | elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt, |
||
7531 | elfsym->sym.st_name); |
||
7532 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym, |
||
7533 | (outbound_syms |
||
7534 | + (elfsym->dest_index |
||
7535 | * bed->s->sizeof_sym)), |
||
7536 | (outbound_shndx |
||
7537 | + (elfsym->destshndx_index |
||
7538 | * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)))); |
||
7539 | } |
||
7540 | free (symstrtab); |
||
7541 | |||
5197 | serge | 7542 | *sttp = stt; |
6324 | serge | 7543 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt); |
5197 | serge | 7544 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; |
7545 | |||
7546 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; |
||
7547 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; |
||
7548 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; |
||
7549 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; |
||
7550 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; |
||
7551 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; |
||
7552 | |||
7553 | return TRUE; |
||
7554 | } |
||
7555 | |||
7556 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. |
||
7557 | |||
7558 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate |
||
7559 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table |
||
7560 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ |
||
7561 | |||
7562 | long |
||
7563 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
||
7564 | { |
||
7565 | long symcount; |
||
7566 | long symtab_size; |
||
7567 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; |
||
7568 | |||
7569 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
||
7570 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
||
7571 | if (symcount > 0) |
||
7572 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
||
7573 | |||
7574 | return symtab_size; |
||
7575 | } |
||
7576 | |||
7577 | long |
||
7578 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
||
7579 | { |
||
7580 | long symcount; |
||
7581 | long symtab_size; |
||
7582 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; |
||
7583 | |||
7584 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
||
7585 | { |
||
7586 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
||
7587 | return -1; |
||
7588 | } |
||
7589 | |||
7590 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; |
||
7591 | symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
||
7592 | if (symcount > 0) |
||
7593 | symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); |
||
7594 | |||
7595 | return symtab_size; |
||
7596 | } |
||
7597 | |||
7598 | long |
||
7599 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
7600 | sec_ptr asect) |
||
7601 | { |
||
7602 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); |
||
7603 | } |
||
7604 | |||
7605 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ |
||
7606 | |||
7607 | long |
||
7608 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
||
7609 | sec_ptr section, |
||
7610 | arelent **relptr, |
||
7611 | asymbol **symbols) |
||
7612 | { |
||
7613 | arelent *tblptr; |
||
7614 | unsigned int i; |
||
7615 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
7616 | |||
7617 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) |
||
7618 | return -1; |
||
7619 | |||
7620 | tblptr = section->relocation; |
||
7621 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) |
||
7622 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; |
||
7623 | |||
7624 | *relptr = NULL; |
||
7625 | |||
7626 | return section->reloc_count; |
||
7627 | } |
||
7628 | |||
7629 | long |
||
7630 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) |
||
7631 | { |
||
7632 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
7633 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); |
||
7634 | |||
7635 | if (symcount >= 0) |
||
7636 | bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
||
7637 | return symcount; |
||
7638 | } |
||
7639 | |||
7640 | long |
||
7641 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
||
7642 | asymbol **allocation) |
||
7643 | { |
||
7644 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
7645 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); |
||
7646 | |||
7647 | if (symcount >= 0) |
||
7648 | bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; |
||
7649 | return symcount; |
||
7650 | } |
||
7651 | |||
7652 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable |
||
7653 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL |
||
7654 | or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a |
||
7655 | dynamic reloc section. */ |
||
7656 | |||
7657 | long |
||
7658 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
||
7659 | { |
||
7660 | long ret; |
||
7661 | asection *s; |
||
7662 | |||
7663 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
||
7664 | { |
||
7665 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
||
7666 | return -1; |
||
7667 | } |
||
7668 | |||
7669 | ret = sizeof (arelent *); |
||
7670 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
||
7671 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
||
7672 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
||
7673 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
||
7674 | ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) |
||
7675 | * sizeof (arelent *)); |
||
7676 | |||
7677 | return ret; |
||
7678 | } |
||
7679 | |||
7680 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the |
||
7681 | dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually |
||
7682 | associated with particular sections; the interface, which was |
||
7683 | designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only |
||
7684 | one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually |
||
7685 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the |
||
7686 | dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ |
||
7687 | |||
7688 | long |
||
7689 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, |
||
7690 | arelent **storage, |
||
7691 | asymbol **syms) |
||
7692 | { |
||
7693 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
||
7694 | asection *s; |
||
7695 | long ret; |
||
7696 | |||
7697 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) |
||
7698 | { |
||
7699 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); |
||
7700 | return -1; |
||
7701 | } |
||
7702 | |||
7703 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
||
7704 | ret = 0; |
||
7705 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) |
||
7706 | { |
||
7707 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
||
7708 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL |
||
7709 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) |
||
7710 | { |
||
7711 | arelent *p; |
||
7712 | long count, i; |
||
7713 | |||
7714 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) |
||
7715 | return -1; |
||
7716 | count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; |
||
7717 | p = s->relocation; |
||
7718 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) |
||
7719 | *storage++ = p++; |
||
7720 | ret += count; |
||
7721 | } |
||
7722 | } |
||
7723 | |||
7724 | *storage = NULL; |
||
7725 | |||
7726 | return ret; |
||
7727 | } |
||
7728 | |||
7729 | /* Read in the version information. */ |
||
7730 | |||
7731 | bfd_boolean |
||
7732 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) |
||
7733 | { |
||
7734 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; |
||
7735 | unsigned int freeidx = 0; |
||
7736 | |||
7737 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) |
||
7738 | { |
||
7739 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
7740 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; |
||
7741 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; |
||
7742 | unsigned int i; |
||
7743 | bfd_byte *contents_end; |
||
7744 | |||
7745 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; |
||
7746 | |||
6324 | serge | 7747 | if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) |
5197 | serge | 7748 | { |
6324 | serge | 7749 | error_return_bad_verref: |
7750 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
7751 | (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd); |
||
7752 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
5197 | serge | 7753 | error_return_verref: |
7754 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; |
||
7755 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; |
||
7756 | goto error_return; |
||
7757 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 7758 | |
7759 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
||
7760 | if (contents == NULL) |
||
7761 | goto error_return_verref; |
||
7762 | |||
5197 | serge | 7763 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
7764 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
||
7765 | goto error_return_verref; |
||
7766 | |||
6324 | serge | 7767 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) |
7768 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); |
||
7769 | |||
7770 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) |
||
5197 | serge | 7771 | goto error_return_verref; |
7772 | |||
7773 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) |
||
7774 | == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); |
||
7775 | contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); |
||
7776 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; |
||
7777 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; |
||
7778 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) |
||
7779 | { |
||
7780 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; |
||
7781 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; |
||
7782 | unsigned int j; |
||
7783 | |||
7784 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); |
||
7785 | |||
7786 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; |
||
7787 | |||
7788 | iverneed->vn_filename = |
||
7789 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
||
7790 | iverneed->vn_file); |
||
7791 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 7792 | goto error_return_bad_verref; |
5197 | serge | 7793 | |
7794 | if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) |
||
7795 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; |
||
7796 | else |
||
7797 | { |
||
7798 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *) |
||
7799 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, |
||
7800 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); |
||
7801 | if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) |
||
7802 | goto error_return_verref; |
||
7803 | } |
||
7804 | |||
7805 | if (iverneed->vn_aux |
||
7806 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
||
6324 | serge | 7807 | goto error_return_bad_verref; |
5197 | serge | 7808 | |
7809 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
||
7810 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); |
||
7811 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; |
||
7812 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) |
||
7813 | { |
||
7814 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); |
||
7815 | |||
7816 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = |
||
7817 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
||
7818 | ivernaux->vna_name); |
||
7819 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 7820 | goto error_return_bad_verref; |
5197 | serge | 7821 | |
6324 | serge | 7822 | if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) |
7823 | freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; |
||
7824 | |||
7825 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; |
||
7826 | if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0) |
||
7827 | { |
||
7828 | iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1; |
||
7829 | break; |
||
7830 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 7831 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) |
7832 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; |
||
7833 | |||
7834 | if (ivernaux->vna_next |
||
7835 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) |
||
6324 | serge | 7836 | goto error_return_bad_verref; |
5197 | serge | 7837 | |
7838 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) |
||
7839 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); |
||
7840 | } |
||
7841 | |||
6324 | serge | 7842 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; |
7843 | if (iverneed->vn_next == 0) |
||
7844 | break; |
||
5197 | serge | 7845 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) |
7846 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; |
||
7847 | |||
7848 | if (iverneed->vn_next |
||
7849 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) |
||
6324 | serge | 7850 | goto error_return_bad_verref; |
5197 | serge | 7851 | |
7852 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) |
||
7853 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); |
||
7854 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 7855 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i; |
5197 | serge | 7856 | |
7857 | free (contents); |
||
7858 | contents = NULL; |
||
7859 | } |
||
7860 | |||
7861 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) |
||
7862 | { |
||
7863 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
7864 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; |
||
7865 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
||
7866 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; |
||
7867 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; |
||
7868 | unsigned int i; |
||
7869 | unsigned int maxidx; |
||
7870 | bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; |
||
7871 | |||
7872 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; |
||
7873 | |||
6324 | serge | 7874 | if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) |
7875 | { |
||
7876 | error_return_bad_verdef: |
||
7877 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
7878 | (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd); |
||
7879 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
7880 | error_return_verdef: |
||
7881 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; |
||
7882 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; |
||
7883 | goto error_return; |
||
7884 | } |
||
7885 | |||
5197 | serge | 7886 | contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); |
7887 | if (contents == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 7888 | goto error_return_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7889 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
7890 | || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) |
||
6324 | serge | 7891 | goto error_return_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7892 | |
7893 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) |
||
7894 | >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); |
||
7895 | contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size |
||
7896 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); |
||
7897 | contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size |
||
7898 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); |
||
7899 | |||
7900 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum |
||
7901 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find |
||
7902 | the maximum. */ |
||
7903 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
||
7904 | maxidx = 0; |
||
7905 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) |
||
7906 | { |
||
7907 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
||
7908 | |||
6324 | serge | 7909 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0) |
7910 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; |
||
5197 | serge | 7911 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) |
7912 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); |
||
7913 | |||
6324 | serge | 7914 | if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0) |
7915 | break; |
||
7916 | |||
5197 | serge | 7917 | if (iverdefmem.vd_next |
7918 | > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
||
6324 | serge | 7919 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7920 | |
7921 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
||
7922 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); |
||
7923 | } |
||
7924 | |||
7925 | if (default_imported_symver) |
||
7926 | { |
||
7927 | if (freeidx > maxidx) |
||
7928 | maxidx = ++freeidx; |
||
7929 | else |
||
7930 | freeidx = ++maxidx; |
||
7931 | } |
||
6324 | serge | 7932 | |
5197 | serge | 7933 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) |
6324 | serge | 7934 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
5197 | serge | 7935 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
6324 | serge | 7936 | goto error_return_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7937 | |
7938 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; |
||
7939 | |||
7940 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; |
||
7941 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; |
||
7942 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) |
||
7943 | { |
||
7944 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; |
||
7945 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
||
7946 | unsigned int j; |
||
7947 | |||
7948 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); |
||
7949 | |||
7950 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) |
||
6324 | serge | 7951 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7952 | |
7953 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; |
||
6324 | serge | 7954 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd)); |
5197 | serge | 7955 | |
7956 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
||
7957 | |||
7958 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) |
||
7959 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; |
||
7960 | else |
||
7961 | { |
||
7962 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) |
||
7963 | bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, |
||
7964 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); |
||
7965 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
||
7966 | goto error_return_verdef; |
||
7967 | } |
||
7968 | |||
7969 | if (iverdef->vd_aux |
||
7970 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) |
||
6324 | serge | 7971 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7972 | |
7973 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
||
7974 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); |
||
7975 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
||
7976 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) |
||
7977 | { |
||
7978 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); |
||
7979 | |||
7980 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = |
||
7981 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, |
||
7982 | iverdaux->vda_name); |
||
7983 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) |
||
6324 | serge | 7984 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7985 | |
6324 | serge | 7986 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; |
7987 | if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0) |
||
7988 | { |
||
7989 | iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1; |
||
7990 | break; |
||
7991 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 7992 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) |
7993 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; |
||
7994 | |||
7995 | if (iverdaux->vda_next |
||
7996 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) |
||
6324 | serge | 7997 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; |
5197 | serge | 7998 | |
7999 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) |
||
8000 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); |
||
8001 | } |
||
8002 | |||
6324 | serge | 8003 | iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL; |
5197 | serge | 8004 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt) |
8005 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; |
||
8006 | |||
6324 | serge | 8007 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
8008 | if (iverdef->vd_next == 0) |
||
8009 | break; |
||
5197 | serge | 8010 | if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) |
8011 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; |
||
8012 | |||
8013 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) |
||
8014 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); |
||
8015 | } |
||
8016 | |||
8017 | free (contents); |
||
8018 | contents = NULL; |
||
8019 | } |
||
8020 | else if (default_imported_symver) |
||
8021 | { |
||
8022 | if (freeidx < 3) |
||
8023 | freeidx = 3; |
||
8024 | else |
||
8025 | freeidx++; |
||
8026 | |||
8027 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) |
||
8028 | bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); |
||
8029 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) |
||
8030 | goto error_return; |
||
8031 | |||
8032 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; |
||
8033 | } |
||
8034 | |||
8035 | /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ |
||
8036 | if (default_imported_symver) |
||
8037 | { |
||
8038 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; |
||
8039 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; |
||
8040 | |||
8041 | iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1]; |
||
8042 | |||
8043 | iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; |
||
8044 | iverdef->vd_flags = 0; |
||
8045 | iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; |
||
8046 | iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; |
||
8047 | |||
8048 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; |
||
8049 | |||
8050 | iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); |
||
8051 | if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) |
||
8052 | goto error_return_verdef; |
||
8053 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; |
||
6324 | serge | 8054 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *) |
8055 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux))); |
||
5197 | serge | 8056 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) |
8057 | goto error_return_verdef; |
||
8058 | |||
8059 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; |
||
8060 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; |
||
8061 | } |
||
8062 | |||
8063 | return TRUE; |
||
8064 | |||
8065 | error_return: |
||
8066 | if (contents != NULL) |
||
8067 | free (contents); |
||
8068 | return FALSE; |
||
8069 | } |
||
8070 | |||
8071 | asymbol * |
||
8072 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) |
||
8073 | { |
||
8074 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; |
||
8075 | |||
6324 | serge | 8076 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym); |
5197 | serge | 8077 | if (!newsym) |
8078 | return NULL; |
||
6324 | serge | 8079 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; |
8080 | return &newsym->symbol; |
||
5197 | serge | 8081 | } |
8082 | |||
8083 | void |
||
8084 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8085 | asymbol *symbol, |
||
8086 | symbol_info *ret) |
||
8087 | { |
||
8088 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); |
||
8089 | } |
||
8090 | |||
8091 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets |
||
8092 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some |
||
8093 | override it. */ |
||
8094 | |||
8095 | bfd_boolean |
||
8096 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8097 | const char *name) |
||
8098 | { |
||
8099 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ |
||
8100 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') |
||
8101 | return TRUE; |
||
8102 | |||
8103 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate |
||
8104 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ |
||
8105 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') |
||
8106 | return TRUE; |
||
8107 | |||
8108 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when |
||
8109 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a |
||
8110 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call |
||
8111 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading |
||
8112 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, |
||
8113 | we treat such symbols as local. */ |
||
8114 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') |
||
8115 | return TRUE; |
||
8116 | |||
6324 | serge | 8117 | /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and |
8118 | forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals. |
||
8119 | These labels have the form: |
||
8120 | |||
8121 | L0^A.* (fake symbols) |
||
8122 | |||
8123 | [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels) |
||
8124 | |||
8125 | Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above, |
||
8126 | so we only need to match the rest. */ |
||
8127 | if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1])) |
||
8128 | { |
||
8129 | bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; |
||
8130 | const char * p; |
||
8131 | char c; |
||
8132 | |||
8133 | for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++) |
||
8134 | { |
||
8135 | if (c == 1 || c == 2) |
||
8136 | { |
||
8137 | if (c == 1 && p == name + 2) |
||
8138 | /* A fake symbol. */ |
||
8139 | return TRUE; |
||
8140 | |||
8141 | /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like |
||
8142 | L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the |
||
8143 | assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol |
||
8144 | containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything |
||
8145 | other than some kind of local ? */ |
||
8146 | ret = TRUE; |
||
8147 | } |
||
8148 | |||
8149 | if (! ISDIGIT (c)) |
||
8150 | { |
||
8151 | ret = FALSE; |
||
8152 | break; |
||
8153 | } |
||
8154 | } |
||
8155 | return ret; |
||
8156 | } |
||
8157 | |||
5197 | serge | 8158 | return FALSE; |
8159 | } |
||
8160 | |||
8161 | alent * |
||
8162 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8163 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
||
8164 | { |
||
8165 | abort (); |
||
8166 | return NULL; |
||
8167 | } |
||
8168 | |||
8169 | bfd_boolean |
||
8170 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, |
||
8171 | enum bfd_architecture arch, |
||
8172 | unsigned long machine) |
||
8173 | { |
||
8174 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this |
||
8175 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ |
||
8176 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch |
||
8177 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown |
||
8178 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) |
||
8179 | return FALSE; |
||
8180 | |||
8181 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); |
||
8182 | } |
||
8183 | |||
8184 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, |
||
8185 | for error reporting. */ |
||
8186 | |||
8187 | bfd_boolean |
||
8188 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, |
||
6324 | serge | 8189 | asymbol **symbols, |
5197 | serge | 8190 | asection *section, |
8191 | bfd_vma offset, |
||
8192 | const char **filename_ptr, |
||
8193 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
||
6324 | serge | 8194 | unsigned int *line_ptr, |
8195 | unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) |
||
5197 | serge | 8196 | { |
8197 | bfd_boolean found; |
||
8198 | |||
6324 | serge | 8199 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset, |
5197 | serge | 8200 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
6324 | serge | 8201 | line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, |
8202 | dwarf_debug_sections, 0, |
||
8203 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info) |
||
8204 | || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
||
8205 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, |
||
8206 | line_ptr)) |
||
5197 | serge | 8207 | { |
8208 | if (!*functionname_ptr) |
||
6324 | serge | 8209 | _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
8210 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, |
||
8211 | functionname_ptr); |
||
5197 | serge | 8212 | return TRUE; |
8213 | } |
||
8214 | |||
8215 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
||
8216 | &found, filename_ptr, |
||
8217 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
||
8218 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) |
||
8219 | return FALSE; |
||
8220 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) |
||
8221 | return TRUE; |
||
8222 | |||
8223 | if (symbols == NULL) |
||
8224 | return FALSE; |
||
8225 | |||
6324 | serge | 8226 | if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset, |
8227 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) |
||
5197 | serge | 8228 | return FALSE; |
8229 | |||
8230 | *line_ptr = 0; |
||
8231 | return TRUE; |
||
8232 | } |
||
8233 | |||
8234 | /* Find the line for a symbol. */ |
||
8235 | |||
8236 | bfd_boolean |
||
8237 | _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, |
||
8238 | const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) |
||
8239 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 8240 | return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0, |
8241 | filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL, |
||
8242 | dwarf_debug_sections, 0, |
||
8243 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
||
5197 | serge | 8244 | } |
8245 | |||
8246 | /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to |
||
8247 | bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about |
||
8248 | each level of function inlining that terminated at the address |
||
8249 | passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported |
||
8250 | for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ |
||
8251 | |||
8252 | bfd_boolean |
||
8253 | _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, |
||
8254 | const char **filename_ptr, |
||
8255 | const char **functionname_ptr, |
||
8256 | unsigned int *line_ptr) |
||
8257 | { |
||
8258 | bfd_boolean found; |
||
8259 | found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, |
||
8260 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, |
||
8261 | & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
||
8262 | return found; |
||
8263 | } |
||
8264 | |||
8265 | int |
||
8266 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) |
||
8267 | { |
||
8268 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
8269 | int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; |
||
8270 | |||
6324 | serge | 8271 | if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)) |
5197 | serge | 8272 | { |
8273 | bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); |
||
8274 | |||
8275 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) |
||
8276 | { |
||
8277 | struct elf_segment_map *m; |
||
8278 | |||
8279 | phdr_size = 0; |
||
8280 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) |
||
8281 | phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; |
||
8282 | |||
8283 | if (phdr_size == 0) |
||
8284 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); |
||
8285 | } |
||
8286 | |||
8287 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size; |
||
8288 | ret += phdr_size; |
||
8289 | } |
||
8290 | |||
8291 | return ret; |
||
8292 | } |
||
8293 | |||
8294 | bfd_boolean |
||
8295 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, |
||
8296 | sec_ptr section, |
||
8297 | const void *location, |
||
8298 | file_ptr offset, |
||
8299 | bfd_size_type count) |
||
8300 | { |
||
8301 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
6324 | serge | 8302 | file_ptr pos; |
5197 | serge | 8303 | |
8304 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun |
||
8305 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) |
||
8306 | return FALSE; |
||
8307 | |||
6324 | serge | 8308 | if (!count) |
8309 | return TRUE; |
||
8310 | |||
5197 | serge | 8311 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; |
6324 | serge | 8312 | if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1) |
8313 | { |
||
8314 | /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */ |
||
8315 | unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents; |
||
8316 | if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size |
||
8317 | || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0 |
||
8318 | || contents == NULL) |
||
8319 | abort (); |
||
8320 | memcpy (contents + offset, location, count); |
||
8321 | return TRUE; |
||
8322 | } |
||
5197 | serge | 8323 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; |
8324 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 |
||
8325 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) |
||
8326 | return FALSE; |
||
8327 | |||
8328 | return TRUE; |
||
8329 | } |
||
8330 | |||
8331 | void |
||
8332 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8333 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8334 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
||
8335 | { |
||
8336 | abort (); |
||
8337 | } |
||
8338 | |||
8339 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ |
||
8340 | |||
8341 | bfd_boolean |
||
8342 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) |
||
8343 | { |
||
8344 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ |
||
8345 | |||
8346 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) |
||
8347 | { |
||
8348 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; |
||
8349 | reloc_howto_type *howto; |
||
8350 | |||
8351 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an |
||
8352 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ |
||
8353 | |||
8354 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) |
||
8355 | { |
||
8356 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
||
8357 | { |
||
8358 | case 8: |
||
8359 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; |
||
8360 | break; |
||
8361 | case 12: |
||
8362 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; |
||
8363 | break; |
||
8364 | case 16: |
||
8365 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; |
||
8366 | break; |
||
8367 | case 24: |
||
8368 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; |
||
8369 | break; |
||
8370 | case 32: |
||
8371 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
||
8372 | break; |
||
8373 | case 64: |
||
8374 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
||
8375 | break; |
||
8376 | default: |
||
8377 | goto fail; |
||
8378 | } |
||
8379 | |||
8380 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
||
8381 | |||
8382 | if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) |
||
8383 | { |
||
8384 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) |
||
8385 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; |
||
8386 | else |
||
8387 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ |
||
8388 | } |
||
8389 | } |
||
8390 | else |
||
8391 | { |
||
8392 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) |
||
8393 | { |
||
8394 | case 8: |
||
8395 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; |
||
8396 | break; |
||
8397 | case 14: |
||
8398 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; |
||
8399 | break; |
||
8400 | case 16: |
||
8401 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; |
||
8402 | break; |
||
8403 | case 26: |
||
8404 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; |
||
8405 | break; |
||
8406 | case 32: |
||
8407 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; |
||
8408 | break; |
||
8409 | case 64: |
||
8410 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; |
||
8411 | break; |
||
8412 | default: |
||
8413 | goto fail; |
||
8414 | } |
||
8415 | |||
8416 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); |
||
8417 | } |
||
8418 | |||
8419 | if (howto) |
||
8420 | areloc->howto = howto; |
||
8421 | else |
||
8422 | goto fail; |
||
8423 | } |
||
8424 | |||
8425 | return TRUE; |
||
8426 | |||
8427 | fail: |
||
8428 | (*_bfd_error_handler) |
||
8429 | (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), |
||
8430 | abfd, areloc->howto->name); |
||
8431 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); |
||
8432 | return FALSE; |
||
8433 | } |
||
8434 | |||
8435 | bfd_boolean |
||
8436 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) |
||
8437 | { |
||
8438 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); |
||
8439 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL) |
||
8440 | { |
||
8441 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) |
||
8442 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); |
||
8443 | _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info); |
||
8444 | } |
||
8445 | |||
8446 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); |
||
8447 | } |
||
8448 | |||
8449 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
||
8450 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity |
||
8451 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing |
||
8452 | this reloc. */ |
||
8453 | |||
8454 | bfd_reloc_status_type |
||
8455 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn |
||
8456 | (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8457 | struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8458 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
8459 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
||
8460 | { |
||
8461 | return bfd_reloc_ok; |
||
8462 | } |
||
8463 | |||
8464 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native |
||
8465 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the |
||
8466 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick |
||
8467 | out details about the corefile. */ |
||
8468 | |||
8469 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H |
||
8470 | /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */ |
||
8471 | # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1 |
||
8472 | # include |
||
8473 | #endif |
||
8474 | |||
8475 | /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the |
||
8476 | PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */ |
||
8477 | |||
8478 | static int |
||
8479 | elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) |
||
8480 | { |
||
8481 | int pid; |
||
8482 | |||
8483 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid; |
||
8484 | if (pid == 0) |
||
8485 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid; |
||
8486 | |||
8487 | return pid; |
||
8488 | } |
||
8489 | |||
8490 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using |
||
8491 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a |
||
8492 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or |
||
8493 | overwrite it. */ |
||
8494 | |||
8495 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8496 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) |
||
8497 | { |
||
8498 | asection *sect2; |
||
8499 | |||
8500 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) |
||
8501 | return TRUE; |
||
8502 | |||
8503 | sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); |
||
8504 | if (sect2 == NULL) |
||
8505 | return FALSE; |
||
8506 | |||
8507 | sect2->size = sect->size; |
||
8508 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; |
||
8509 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; |
||
8510 | return TRUE; |
||
8511 | } |
||
8512 | |||
8513 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This |
||
8514 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: |
||
8515 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless |
||
8516 | such a section already exists. |
||
8517 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where |
||
8518 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). |
||
8519 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ |
||
8520 | bfd_boolean |
||
8521 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
||
8522 | char *name, |
||
8523 | size_t size, |
||
8524 | ufile_ptr filepos) |
||
8525 | { |
||
8526 | char buf[100]; |
||
8527 | char *threaded_name; |
||
8528 | size_t len; |
||
8529 | asection *sect; |
||
8530 | |||
8531 | /* Build the section name. */ |
||
8532 | |||
8533 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
||
8534 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
||
8535 | threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
8536 | if (threaded_name == NULL) |
||
8537 | return FALSE; |
||
8538 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); |
||
8539 | |||
8540 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, |
||
8541 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
8542 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
8543 | return FALSE; |
||
8544 | sect->size = size; |
||
8545 | sect->filepos = filepos; |
||
8546 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
||
8547 | |||
8548 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); |
||
8549 | } |
||
8550 | |||
8551 | /* prstatus_t exists on: |
||
8552 | solaris 2.5+ |
||
8553 | linux 2.[01] + glibc |
||
8554 | unixware 4.2 |
||
8555 | */ |
||
8556 | |||
8557 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
||
8558 | |||
8559 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8560 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8561 | { |
||
8562 | size_t size; |
||
8563 | int offset; |
||
8564 | |||
8565 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) |
||
8566 | { |
||
8567 | prstatus_t prstat; |
||
8568 | |||
8569 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
||
8570 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); |
||
8571 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
||
8572 | |||
8573 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
||
8574 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
||
8575 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) |
||
8576 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
||
8577 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) |
||
8578 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
||
8579 | |||
8580 | /* pr_who exists on: |
||
8581 | solaris 2.5+ |
||
8582 | unixware 4.2 |
||
8583 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
||
8584 | linux 2.[01] |
||
8585 | */ |
||
8586 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) |
||
8587 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
||
8588 | #else |
||
8589 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; |
||
8590 | #endif |
||
8591 | } |
||
8592 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
||
8593 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) |
||
8594 | { |
||
8595 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
||
8596 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
||
8597 | |||
8598 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); |
||
8599 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); |
||
8600 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); |
||
8601 | |||
8602 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it |
||
8603 | has already been set by another thread. */ |
||
8604 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) |
||
8605 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; |
||
8606 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) |
||
8607 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; |
||
8608 | |||
8609 | /* pr_who exists on: |
||
8610 | solaris 2.5+ |
||
8611 | unixware 4.2 |
||
8612 | pr_who doesn't exist on: |
||
8613 | linux 2.[01] |
||
8614 | */ |
||
8615 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) |
||
8616 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; |
||
8617 | #else |
||
8618 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; |
||
8619 | #endif |
||
8620 | } |
||
8621 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ |
||
8622 | else |
||
8623 | { |
||
8624 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
||
8625 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
||
8626 | return TRUE; |
||
8627 | } |
||
8628 | |||
8629 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ |
||
8630 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", |
||
8631 | size, note->descpos + offset); |
||
8632 | } |
||
8633 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ |
||
8634 | |||
8635 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ |
||
8636 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8637 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, |
||
8638 | char *name, |
||
8639 | Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8640 | { |
||
8641 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, |
||
8642 | note->descsz, note->descpos); |
||
8643 | } |
||
8644 | |||
8645 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, |
||
8646 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this |
||
8647 | data structure apart. */ |
||
8648 | |||
8649 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8650 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8651 | { |
||
8652 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
||
8653 | } |
||
8654 | |||
8655 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note |
||
8656 | type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents |
||
8657 | literally. */ |
||
8658 | |||
8659 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8660 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8661 | { |
||
8662 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
||
8663 | } |
||
8664 | |||
8665 | /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX" |
||
8666 | with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's |
||
8667 | contents literally. */ |
||
8668 | |||
8669 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8670 | elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8671 | { |
||
8672 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note); |
||
8673 | } |
||
8674 | |||
8675 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8676 | elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8677 | { |
||
8678 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); |
||
8679 | } |
||
8680 | |||
8681 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8682 | elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8683 | { |
||
8684 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); |
||
8685 | } |
||
8686 | |||
8687 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8688 | elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8689 | { |
||
8690 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note); |
||
8691 | } |
||
8692 | |||
8693 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8694 | elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8695 | { |
||
8696 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note); |
||
8697 | } |
||
8698 | |||
8699 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8700 | elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8701 | { |
||
8702 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note); |
||
8703 | } |
||
8704 | |||
8705 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8706 | elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8707 | { |
||
8708 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note); |
||
8709 | } |
||
8710 | |||
8711 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8712 | elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8713 | { |
||
8714 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note); |
||
8715 | } |
||
8716 | |||
8717 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8718 | elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8719 | { |
||
8720 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note); |
||
8721 | } |
||
8722 | |||
8723 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8724 | elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8725 | { |
||
8726 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note); |
||
8727 | } |
||
8728 | |||
8729 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8730 | elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8731 | { |
||
8732 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note); |
||
8733 | } |
||
8734 | |||
8735 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8736 | elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8737 | { |
||
8738 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note); |
||
8739 | } |
||
8740 | |||
8741 | static bfd_boolean |
||
6324 | serge | 8742 | elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
8743 | { |
||
8744 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note); |
||
8745 | } |
||
8746 | |||
8747 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8748 | elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8749 | { |
||
8750 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note); |
||
8751 | } |
||
8752 | |||
8753 | static bfd_boolean |
||
5197 | serge | 8754 | elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
8755 | { |
||
8756 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note); |
||
8757 | } |
||
8758 | |||
8759 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8760 | elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8761 | { |
||
8762 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note); |
||
8763 | } |
||
8764 | |||
8765 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8766 | elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8767 | { |
||
8768 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note); |
||
8769 | } |
||
8770 | |||
8771 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8772 | elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8773 | { |
||
8774 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note); |
||
8775 | } |
||
8776 | |||
8777 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) |
||
8778 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
||
8779 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
||
8780 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
||
8781 | #endif |
||
8782 | #endif |
||
8783 | |||
8784 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
||
8785 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; |
||
8786 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ |
||
8787 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; |
||
8788 | #endif |
||
8789 | #endif |
||
8790 | |||
8791 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at |
||
8792 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. |
||
8793 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ |
||
8794 | |||
8795 | char * |
||
8796 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) |
||
8797 | { |
||
8798 | char *dups; |
||
8799 | char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max); |
||
8800 | size_t len; |
||
8801 | |||
8802 | if (end == NULL) |
||
8803 | len = max; |
||
8804 | else |
||
8805 | len = end - start; |
||
8806 | |||
8807 | dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); |
||
8808 | if (dups == NULL) |
||
8809 | return NULL; |
||
8810 | |||
8811 | memcpy (dups, start, len); |
||
8812 | dups[len] = '\0'; |
||
8813 | |||
8814 | return dups; |
||
8815 | } |
||
8816 | |||
8817 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
||
8818 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8819 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8820 | { |
||
8821 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) |
||
8822 | { |
||
8823 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; |
||
8824 | |||
8825 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
||
8826 | |||
8827 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID) |
||
8828 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; |
||
8829 | #endif |
||
8830 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
||
8831 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
||
8832 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
||
8833 | |||
8834 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
||
8835 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
||
8836 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
||
8837 | } |
||
8838 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
||
8839 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) |
||
8840 | { |
||
8841 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
||
8842 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; |
||
8843 | |||
8844 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); |
||
8845 | |||
8846 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID) |
||
8847 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; |
||
8848 | #endif |
||
8849 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program |
||
8850 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, |
||
8851 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); |
||
8852 | |||
8853 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
||
8854 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, |
||
8855 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); |
||
8856 | } |
||
8857 | #endif |
||
8858 | |||
8859 | else |
||
8860 | { |
||
8861 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other |
||
8862 | note size (ie. data object type). */ |
||
8863 | return TRUE; |
||
8864 | } |
||
8865 | |||
8866 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked |
||
8867 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) |
||
8868 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ |
||
8869 | |||
8870 | { |
||
8871 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; |
||
8872 | int n = strlen (command); |
||
8873 | |||
8874 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') |
||
8875 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; |
||
8876 | } |
||
8877 | |||
8878 | return TRUE; |
||
8879 | } |
||
8880 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ |
||
8881 | |||
8882 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
||
8883 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8884 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8885 | { |
||
8886 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) |
||
8887 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) |
||
8888 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) |
||
8889 | #endif |
||
8890 | ) |
||
8891 | { |
||
8892 | pstatus_t pstat; |
||
8893 | |||
8894 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
||
8895 | |||
8896 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
||
8897 | } |
||
8898 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
||
8899 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) |
||
8900 | { |
||
8901 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ |
||
8902 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
||
8903 | |||
8904 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); |
||
8905 | |||
8906 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; |
||
8907 | } |
||
8908 | #endif |
||
8909 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" |
||
8910 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an |
||
8911 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ |
||
8912 | |||
8913 | return TRUE; |
||
8914 | } |
||
8915 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ |
||
8916 | |||
8917 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
||
8918 | static bfd_boolean |
||
8919 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
8920 | { |
||
8921 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
||
8922 | char buf[100]; |
||
8923 | char *name; |
||
8924 | size_t len; |
||
8925 | asection *sect; |
||
8926 | |||
8927 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) |
||
8928 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) |
||
8929 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) |
||
8930 | #endif |
||
8931 | ) |
||
8932 | return TRUE; |
||
8933 | |||
8934 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
||
8935 | |||
8936 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; |
||
8937 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by |
||
8938 | another thread. */ |
||
8939 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) |
||
8940 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; |
||
8941 | |||
8942 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
||
8943 | |||
8944 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
||
8945 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
||
8946 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
8947 | if (name == NULL) |
||
8948 | return FALSE; |
||
8949 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
||
8950 | |||
8951 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
8952 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
8953 | return FALSE; |
||
8954 | |||
8955 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
||
8956 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
||
8957 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
||
8958 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); |
||
8959 | #endif |
||
8960 | |||
8961 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
||
8962 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); |
||
8963 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); |
||
8964 | #endif |
||
8965 | |||
8966 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
||
8967 | |||
8968 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
||
8969 | return FALSE; |
||
8970 | |||
8971 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ |
||
8972 | |||
8973 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); |
||
8974 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
||
8975 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
8976 | if (name == NULL) |
||
8977 | return FALSE; |
||
8978 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
||
8979 | |||
8980 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
8981 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
8982 | return FALSE; |
||
8983 | |||
8984 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
||
8985 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
||
8986 | sect->filepos = note->descpos |
||
8987 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); |
||
8988 | #endif |
||
8989 | |||
8990 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) |
||
8991 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); |
||
8992 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); |
||
8993 | #endif |
||
8994 | |||
8995 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
||
8996 | |||
8997 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); |
||
8998 | } |
||
8999 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ |
||
9000 | |||
9001 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9002 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9003 | { |
||
9004 | char buf[30]; |
||
9005 | char *name; |
||
9006 | size_t len; |
||
9007 | asection *sect; |
||
9008 | int type; |
||
9009 | int is_active_thread; |
||
9010 | bfd_vma base_addr; |
||
9011 | |||
9012 | if (note->descsz < 728) |
||
9013 | return TRUE; |
||
9014 | |||
9015 | if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) |
||
9016 | return TRUE; |
||
9017 | |||
9018 | type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); |
||
9019 | |||
9020 | switch (type) |
||
9021 | { |
||
9022 | case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: |
||
9023 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */ |
||
9024 | /* process_info.pid */ |
||
9025 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
||
9026 | /* process_info.signal */ |
||
9027 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); |
||
9028 | break; |
||
9029 | |||
9030 | case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: |
||
9031 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ |
||
9032 | /* thread_info.tid */ |
||
9033 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); |
||
9034 | |||
9035 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
||
9036 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
9037 | if (name == NULL) |
||
9038 | return FALSE; |
||
9039 | |||
9040 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
||
9041 | |||
9042 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9043 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9044 | return FALSE; |
||
9045 | |||
9046 | /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ |
||
9047 | sect->size = 716; |
||
9048 | /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ |
||
9049 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; |
||
9050 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
||
9051 | |||
9052 | /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ |
||
9053 | is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); |
||
9054 | |||
9055 | if (is_active_thread) |
||
9056 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) |
||
9057 | return FALSE; |
||
9058 | break; |
||
9059 | |||
9060 | case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: |
||
9061 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ |
||
9062 | /* module_info.base_address */ |
||
9063 | base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); |
||
9064 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); |
||
9065 | |||
9066 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; |
||
9067 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
9068 | if (name == NULL) |
||
9069 | return FALSE; |
||
9070 | |||
9071 | memcpy (name, buf, len); |
||
9072 | |||
9073 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9074 | |||
9075 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9076 | return FALSE; |
||
9077 | |||
9078 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
||
9079 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
||
9080 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
||
9081 | break; |
||
9082 | |||
9083 | default: |
||
9084 | return TRUE; |
||
9085 | } |
||
9086 | |||
9087 | return TRUE; |
||
9088 | } |
||
9089 | |||
9090 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9091 | elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9092 | { |
||
9093 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
9094 | |||
9095 | switch (note->type) |
||
9096 | { |
||
9097 | default: |
||
9098 | return TRUE; |
||
9099 | |||
9100 | case NT_PRSTATUS: |
||
9101 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) |
||
9102 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) |
||
9103 | return TRUE; |
||
9104 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
||
9105 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); |
||
9106 | #else |
||
9107 | return TRUE; |
||
9108 | #endif |
||
9109 | |||
9110 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
||
9111 | case NT_PSTATUS: |
||
9112 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); |
||
9113 | #endif |
||
9114 | |||
9115 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
||
9116 | case NT_LWPSTATUS: |
||
9117 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); |
||
9118 | #endif |
||
9119 | |||
9120 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ |
||
9121 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); |
||
9122 | |||
9123 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: |
||
9124 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); |
||
9125 | |||
9126 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ |
||
9127 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9128 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9129 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); |
||
9130 | else |
||
9131 | return TRUE; |
||
9132 | |||
9133 | case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */ |
||
9134 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9135 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9136 | return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); |
||
6324 | serge | 9137 | else if (note->namesz == 8 |
9138 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) |
||
9139 | return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); |
||
5197 | serge | 9140 | else |
9141 | return TRUE; |
||
9142 | |||
9143 | case NT_PPC_VMX: |
||
9144 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9145 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9146 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); |
||
9147 | else |
||
9148 | return TRUE; |
||
9149 | |||
9150 | case NT_PPC_VSX: |
||
9151 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9152 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9153 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); |
||
9154 | else |
||
9155 | return TRUE; |
||
9156 | |||
9157 | case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS: |
||
9158 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9159 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9160 | return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note); |
||
9161 | else |
||
9162 | return TRUE; |
||
9163 | |||
9164 | case NT_S390_TIMER: |
||
9165 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9166 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9167 | return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note); |
||
9168 | else |
||
9169 | return TRUE; |
||
9170 | |||
9171 | case NT_S390_TODCMP: |
||
9172 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9173 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9174 | return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note); |
||
9175 | else |
||
9176 | return TRUE; |
||
9177 | |||
9178 | case NT_S390_TODPREG: |
||
9179 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9180 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9181 | return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note); |
||
9182 | else |
||
9183 | return TRUE; |
||
9184 | |||
9185 | case NT_S390_CTRS: |
||
9186 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9187 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9188 | return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note); |
||
9189 | else |
||
9190 | return TRUE; |
||
9191 | |||
9192 | case NT_S390_PREFIX: |
||
9193 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9194 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9195 | return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note); |
||
9196 | else |
||
9197 | return TRUE; |
||
9198 | |||
9199 | case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK: |
||
9200 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9201 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9202 | return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note); |
||
9203 | else |
||
9204 | return TRUE; |
||
9205 | |||
9206 | case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL: |
||
9207 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9208 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9209 | return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note); |
||
9210 | else |
||
9211 | return TRUE; |
||
9212 | |||
9213 | case NT_S390_TDB: |
||
9214 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9215 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9216 | return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note); |
||
9217 | else |
||
9218 | return TRUE; |
||
9219 | |||
6324 | serge | 9220 | case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW: |
9221 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9222 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9223 | return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note); |
||
9224 | else |
||
9225 | return TRUE; |
||
9226 | |||
9227 | case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH: |
||
9228 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9229 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9230 | return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note); |
||
9231 | else |
||
9232 | return TRUE; |
||
9233 | |||
5197 | serge | 9234 | case NT_ARM_VFP: |
9235 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9236 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9237 | return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note); |
||
9238 | else |
||
9239 | return TRUE; |
||
9240 | |||
9241 | case NT_ARM_TLS: |
||
9242 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9243 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9244 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note); |
||
9245 | else |
||
9246 | return TRUE; |
||
9247 | |||
9248 | case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK: |
||
9249 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9250 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9251 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note); |
||
9252 | else |
||
9253 | return TRUE; |
||
9254 | |||
9255 | case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH: |
||
9256 | if (note->namesz == 6 |
||
9257 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) |
||
9258 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note); |
||
9259 | else |
||
9260 | return TRUE; |
||
9261 | |||
9262 | case NT_PRPSINFO: |
||
9263 | case NT_PSINFO: |
||
9264 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) |
||
9265 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) |
||
9266 | return TRUE; |
||
9267 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
||
9268 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); |
||
9269 | #else |
||
9270 | return TRUE; |
||
9271 | #endif |
||
9272 | |||
9273 | case NT_AUXV: |
||
9274 | { |
||
9275 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", |
||
9276 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9277 | |||
9278 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9279 | return FALSE; |
||
9280 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
||
9281 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
||
9282 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
||
9283 | |||
9284 | return TRUE; |
||
9285 | } |
||
9286 | |||
9287 | case NT_FILE: |
||
9288 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file", |
||
9289 | note); |
||
9290 | |||
9291 | case NT_SIGINFO: |
||
9292 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo", |
||
9293 | note); |
||
9294 | } |
||
9295 | } |
||
9296 | |||
9297 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9298 | elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9299 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 9300 | struct bfd_build_id* build_id; |
5197 | serge | 9301 | |
9302 | if (note->descsz == 0) |
||
9303 | return FALSE; |
||
9304 | |||
6324 | serge | 9305 | build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz); |
9306 | if (build_id == NULL) |
||
5197 | serge | 9307 | return FALSE; |
9308 | |||
6324 | serge | 9309 | build_id->size = note->descsz; |
9310 | memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); |
||
9311 | abfd->build_id = build_id; |
||
5197 | serge | 9312 | |
9313 | return TRUE; |
||
9314 | } |
||
9315 | |||
9316 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9317 | elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9318 | { |
||
9319 | switch (note->type) |
||
9320 | { |
||
9321 | default: |
||
9322 | return TRUE; |
||
9323 | |||
9324 | case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: |
||
9325 | return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); |
||
9326 | } |
||
9327 | } |
||
9328 | |||
9329 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9330 | elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9331 | { |
||
9332 | struct sdt_note *cur = |
||
9333 | (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note) |
||
9334 | + note->descsz); |
||
9335 | |||
9336 | cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head; |
||
9337 | cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz; |
||
9338 | memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); |
||
9339 | |||
9340 | elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur; |
||
9341 | |||
9342 | return TRUE; |
||
9343 | } |
||
9344 | |||
9345 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9346 | elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9347 | { |
||
9348 | switch (note->type) |
||
9349 | { |
||
9350 | case NT_STAPSDT: |
||
9351 | return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note); |
||
9352 | |||
9353 | default: |
||
9354 | return TRUE; |
||
9355 | } |
||
9356 | } |
||
9357 | |||
9358 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9359 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) |
||
9360 | { |
||
9361 | char *cp; |
||
9362 | |||
9363 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); |
||
9364 | if (cp != NULL) |
||
9365 | { |
||
9366 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); |
||
9367 | return TRUE; |
||
9368 | } |
||
9369 | return FALSE; |
||
9370 | } |
||
9371 | |||
9372 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9373 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9374 | { |
||
9375 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
||
9376 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal |
||
9377 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); |
||
9378 | |||
9379 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ |
||
9380 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
||
9381 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); |
||
9382 | |||
9383 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
||
9384 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
||
9385 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); |
||
9386 | |||
9387 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", |
||
9388 | note); |
||
9389 | } |
||
9390 | |||
9391 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9392 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9393 | { |
||
9394 | int lwp; |
||
9395 | |||
9396 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) |
||
9397 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp; |
||
9398 | |||
9399 | if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) |
||
9400 | { |
||
9401 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to |
||
9402 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, |
||
9403 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it |
||
9404 | creates a core file. */ |
||
9405 | |||
9406 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
||
9407 | } |
||
9408 | |||
9409 | /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes |
||
9410 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less |
||
9411 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't |
||
9412 | understand it. */ |
||
9413 | |||
9414 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) |
||
9415 | return TRUE; |
||
9416 | |||
9417 | |||
9418 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) |
||
9419 | { |
||
9420 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and |
||
9421 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ |
||
9422 | |||
9423 | case bfd_arch_alpha: |
||
9424 | case bfd_arch_sparc: |
||
9425 | switch (note->type) |
||
9426 | { |
||
9427 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: |
||
9428 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
||
9429 | |||
9430 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: |
||
9431 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
||
9432 | |||
9433 | default: |
||
9434 | return TRUE; |
||
9435 | } |
||
9436 | |||
9437 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and |
||
9438 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ |
||
9439 | |||
9440 | default: |
||
9441 | switch (note->type) |
||
9442 | { |
||
9443 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: |
||
9444 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
||
9445 | |||
9446 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: |
||
9447 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
||
9448 | |||
9449 | default: |
||
9450 | return TRUE; |
||
9451 | } |
||
9452 | } |
||
9453 | /* NOTREACHED */ |
||
9454 | } |
||
9455 | |||
9456 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9457 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9458 | { |
||
9459 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ |
||
9460 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal |
||
9461 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); |
||
9462 | |||
9463 | /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ |
||
9464 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid |
||
9465 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20); |
||
9466 | |||
9467 | /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ |
||
9468 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command |
||
9469 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); |
||
9470 | |||
9471 | return TRUE; |
||
9472 | } |
||
9473 | |||
9474 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9475 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9476 | { |
||
9477 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO) |
||
9478 | return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); |
||
9479 | |||
9480 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS) |
||
9481 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); |
||
9482 | |||
9483 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS) |
||
9484 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); |
||
9485 | |||
9486 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS) |
||
9487 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); |
||
9488 | |||
9489 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV) |
||
9490 | { |
||
9491 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", |
||
9492 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9493 | |||
9494 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9495 | return FALSE; |
||
9496 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
||
9497 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
||
9498 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
||
9499 | |||
9500 | return TRUE; |
||
9501 | } |
||
9502 | |||
9503 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE) |
||
9504 | { |
||
9505 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie", |
||
9506 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9507 | |||
9508 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9509 | return FALSE; |
||
9510 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
||
9511 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
||
9512 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; |
||
9513 | |||
9514 | return TRUE; |
||
9515 | } |
||
9516 | |||
9517 | return TRUE; |
||
9518 | } |
||
9519 | |||
9520 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9521 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) |
||
9522 | { |
||
9523 | void *ddata = note->descdata; |
||
9524 | char buf[100]; |
||
9525 | char *name; |
||
9526 | asection *sect; |
||
9527 | short sig; |
||
9528 | unsigned flags; |
||
9529 | |||
9530 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ |
||
9531 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); |
||
9532 | |||
9533 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ |
||
9534 | *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); |
||
9535 | |||
9536 | /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ |
||
9537 | flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); |
||
9538 | |||
9539 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ |
||
9540 | if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) |
||
9541 | { |
||
9542 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig; |
||
9543 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; |
||
9544 | } |
||
9545 | |||
9546 | /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores |
||
9547 | do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current |
||
9548 | thread just in case. */ |
||
9549 | if (flags & 0x00000080) |
||
9550 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; |
||
9551 | |||
9552 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ |
||
9553 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); |
||
9554 | |||
9555 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
||
9556 | if (name == NULL) |
||
9557 | return FALSE; |
||
9558 | strcpy (name, buf); |
||
9559 | |||
9560 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9561 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9562 | return FALSE; |
||
9563 | |||
9564 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
||
9565 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
||
9566 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
||
9567 | |||
9568 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); |
||
9569 | } |
||
9570 | |||
9571 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9572 | elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, |
||
9573 | Elf_Internal_Note *note, |
||
9574 | long tid, |
||
9575 | char *base) |
||
9576 | { |
||
9577 | char buf[100]; |
||
9578 | char *name; |
||
9579 | asection *sect; |
||
9580 | |||
9581 | /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ |
||
9582 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); |
||
9583 | |||
9584 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); |
||
9585 | if (name == NULL) |
||
9586 | return FALSE; |
||
9587 | strcpy (name, buf); |
||
9588 | |||
9589 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9590 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9591 | return FALSE; |
||
9592 | |||
9593 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
||
9594 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
||
9595 | sect->alignment_power = 2; |
||
9596 | |||
9597 | /* This is the current thread. */ |
||
9598 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid) |
||
9599 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); |
||
9600 | |||
9601 | return TRUE; |
||
9602 | } |
||
9603 | |||
9604 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 |
||
9605 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 |
||
9606 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 |
||
9607 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 |
||
9608 | |||
9609 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9610 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9611 | { |
||
9612 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the |
||
9613 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs |
||
9614 | function. */ |
||
9615 | static long tid = 1; |
||
9616 | |||
9617 | switch (note->type) |
||
9618 | { |
||
9619 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: |
||
9620 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); |
||
9621 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: |
||
9622 | return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); |
||
9623 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: |
||
9624 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); |
||
9625 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: |
||
9626 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); |
||
9627 | default: |
||
9628 | return TRUE; |
||
9629 | } |
||
9630 | } |
||
9631 | |||
9632 | static bfd_boolean |
||
9633 | elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) |
||
9634 | { |
||
9635 | char *name; |
||
9636 | asection *sect; |
||
9637 | size_t len; |
||
9638 | |||
9639 | /* Use note name as section name. */ |
||
9640 | len = note->namesz; |
||
9641 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); |
||
9642 | if (name == NULL) |
||
9643 | return FALSE; |
||
9644 | memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); |
||
9645 | name[len - 1] = '\0'; |
||
9646 | |||
9647 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); |
||
9648 | if (sect == NULL) |
||
9649 | return FALSE; |
||
9650 | |||
9651 | sect->size = note->descsz; |
||
9652 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; |
||
9653 | sect->alignment_power = 1; |
||
9654 | |||
9655 | return TRUE; |
||
9656 | } |
||
9657 | |||
9658 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note |
||
9659 | |||
9660 | Inputs: |
||
9661 | buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer |
||
9662 | name of note |
||
9663 | type of note |
||
9664 | data for note |
||
9665 | size of data for note |
||
9666 | |||
9667 | Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as |
||
9668 | for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying |
||
9669 | that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have |
||
9670 | 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. |
||
9671 | |||
9672 | Return: |
||
9673 | Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ |
||
9674 | |||
9675 | char * |
||
9676 | elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, |
||
9677 | char *buf, |
||
9678 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9679 | const char *name, |
||
9680 | int type, |
||
9681 | const void *input, |
||
9682 | int size) |
||
9683 | { |
||
9684 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; |
||
9685 | size_t namesz; |
||
9686 | size_t newspace; |
||
9687 | char *dest; |
||
9688 | |||
9689 | namesz = 0; |
||
9690 | if (name != NULL) |
||
9691 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1; |
||
9692 | |||
9693 | newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); |
||
9694 | |||
9695 | buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); |
||
9696 | if (buf == NULL) |
||
9697 | return buf; |
||
9698 | dest = buf + *bufsiz; |
||
9699 | *bufsiz += newspace; |
||
9700 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; |
||
9701 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); |
||
9702 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); |
||
9703 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); |
||
9704 | dest = xnp->name; |
||
9705 | if (name != NULL) |
||
9706 | { |
||
9707 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz); |
||
9708 | dest += namesz; |
||
9709 | while (namesz & 3) |
||
9710 | { |
||
9711 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
||
9712 | ++namesz; |
||
9713 | } |
||
9714 | } |
||
9715 | memcpy (dest, input, size); |
||
9716 | dest += size; |
||
9717 | while (size & 3) |
||
9718 | { |
||
9719 | *dest++ = '\0'; |
||
9720 | ++size; |
||
9721 | } |
||
9722 | return buf; |
||
9723 | } |
||
9724 | |||
9725 | char * |
||
9726 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, |
||
9727 | char *buf, |
||
9728 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9729 | const char *fname, |
||
9730 | const char *psargs) |
||
9731 | { |
||
9732 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
9733 | |||
9734 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
||
9735 | { |
||
9736 | char *ret; |
||
9737 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9738 | NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); |
||
9739 | if (ret != NULL) |
||
9740 | return ret; |
||
9741 | } |
||
9742 | |||
9743 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
||
9744 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
||
9745 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
||
9746 | { |
||
9747 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) |
||
9748 | psinfo32_t data; |
||
9749 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
||
9750 | #else |
||
9751 | prpsinfo32_t data; |
||
9752 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
||
9753 | #endif |
||
9754 | |||
9755 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
||
9756 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
||
9757 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
||
9758 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9759 | "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
||
9760 | } |
||
9761 | else |
||
9762 | #endif |
||
9763 | { |
||
9764 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) |
||
9765 | psinfo_t data; |
||
9766 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; |
||
9767 | #else |
||
9768 | prpsinfo_t data; |
||
9769 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; |
||
9770 | #endif |
||
9771 | |||
9772 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
||
9773 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); |
||
9774 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); |
||
9775 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9776 | "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); |
||
9777 | } |
||
9778 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ |
||
9779 | |||
9780 | free (buf); |
||
9781 | return NULL; |
||
9782 | } |
||
9783 | |||
9784 | char * |
||
9785 | elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32 |
||
9786 | (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, |
||
9787 | const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) |
||
9788 | { |
||
9789 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data; |
||
9790 | |||
9791 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
||
9792 | LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data); |
||
9793 | |||
9794 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, |
||
9795 | &data, sizeof (data)); |
||
9796 | } |
||
9797 | |||
9798 | char * |
||
9799 | elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64 |
||
9800 | (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, |
||
9801 | const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) |
||
9802 | { |
||
9803 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data; |
||
9804 | |||
9805 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); |
||
9806 | LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data); |
||
9807 | |||
9808 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9809 | "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data)); |
||
9810 | } |
||
9811 | |||
9812 | char * |
||
9813 | elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, |
||
9814 | char *buf, |
||
9815 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9816 | long pid, |
||
9817 | int cursig, |
||
9818 | const void *gregs) |
||
9819 | { |
||
9820 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
9821 | |||
9822 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) |
||
9823 | { |
||
9824 | char *ret; |
||
9825 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9826 | NT_PRSTATUS, |
||
9827 | pid, cursig, gregs); |
||
9828 | if (ret != NULL) |
||
9829 | return ret; |
||
9830 | } |
||
9831 | |||
9832 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) |
||
9833 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) |
||
9834 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
||
9835 | { |
||
9836 | prstatus32_t prstat; |
||
9837 | |||
9838 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
||
9839 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
||
9840 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
||
9841 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
||
9842 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", |
||
9843 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
||
9844 | } |
||
9845 | else |
||
9846 | #endif |
||
9847 | { |
||
9848 | prstatus_t prstat; |
||
9849 | |||
9850 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); |
||
9851 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; |
||
9852 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
||
9853 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); |
||
9854 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", |
||
9855 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); |
||
9856 | } |
||
9857 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ |
||
9858 | |||
9859 | free (buf); |
||
9860 | return NULL; |
||
9861 | } |
||
9862 | |||
9863 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) |
||
9864 | char * |
||
9865 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, |
||
9866 | char *buf, |
||
9867 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9868 | long pid, |
||
9869 | int cursig, |
||
9870 | const void *gregs) |
||
9871 | { |
||
9872 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; |
||
9873 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
||
9874 | |||
9875 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
||
9876 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; |
||
9877 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; |
||
9878 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) |
||
6324 | serge | 9879 | memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); |
5197 | serge | 9880 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) |
9881 | #if !defined(gregs) |
||
9882 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, |
||
9883 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); |
||
9884 | #else |
||
9885 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, |
||
9886 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); |
||
9887 | #endif |
||
9888 | #endif |
||
9889 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
||
9890 | NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); |
||
9891 | } |
||
9892 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ |
||
9893 | |||
9894 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) |
||
9895 | char * |
||
9896 | elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, |
||
9897 | char *buf, |
||
9898 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9899 | long pid, |
||
9900 | int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
9901 | const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
||
9902 | { |
||
9903 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
||
9904 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) |
||
9905 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
9906 | |||
9907 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) |
||
9908 | { |
||
9909 | pstatus32_t pstat; |
||
9910 | |||
9911 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
||
9912 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
||
9913 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
||
9914 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
||
9915 | return buf; |
||
9916 | } |
||
9917 | else |
||
9918 | #endif |
||
9919 | { |
||
9920 | pstatus_t pstat; |
||
9921 | |||
9922 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); |
||
9923 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; |
||
9924 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, |
||
9925 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); |
||
9926 | return buf; |
||
9927 | } |
||
9928 | } |
||
9929 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ |
||
9930 | |||
9931 | char * |
||
9932 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
||
9933 | char *buf, |
||
9934 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9935 | const void *fpregs, |
||
9936 | int size) |
||
9937 | { |
||
9938 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; |
||
9939 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9940 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); |
||
9941 | } |
||
9942 | |||
9943 | char * |
||
9944 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, |
||
9945 | char *buf, |
||
9946 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9947 | const void *xfpregs, |
||
9948 | int size) |
||
9949 | { |
||
9950 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
9951 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9952 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); |
||
9953 | } |
||
9954 | |||
9955 | char * |
||
9956 | elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, |
||
9957 | const void *xfpregs, int size) |
||
9958 | { |
||
6324 | serge | 9959 | char *note_name; |
9960 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD) |
||
9961 | note_name = "FreeBSD"; |
||
9962 | else |
||
9963 | note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
5197 | serge | 9964 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
9965 | note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size); |
||
9966 | } |
||
9967 | |||
9968 | char * |
||
9969 | elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, |
||
9970 | char *buf, |
||
9971 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9972 | const void *ppc_vmx, |
||
9973 | int size) |
||
9974 | { |
||
9975 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
9976 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9977 | note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); |
||
9978 | } |
||
9979 | |||
9980 | char * |
||
9981 | elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, |
||
9982 | char *buf, |
||
9983 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9984 | const void *ppc_vsx, |
||
9985 | int size) |
||
9986 | { |
||
9987 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
9988 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
9989 | note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); |
||
9990 | } |
||
9991 | |||
9992 | static char * |
||
9993 | elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, |
||
9994 | char *buf, |
||
9995 | int *bufsiz, |
||
9996 | const void *s390_high_gprs, |
||
9997 | int size) |
||
9998 | { |
||
9999 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10000 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10001 | note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS, |
||
10002 | s390_high_gprs, size); |
||
10003 | } |
||
10004 | |||
10005 | char * |
||
10006 | elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, |
||
10007 | char *buf, |
||
10008 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10009 | const void *s390_timer, |
||
10010 | int size) |
||
10011 | { |
||
10012 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10013 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10014 | note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size); |
||
10015 | } |
||
10016 | |||
10017 | char * |
||
10018 | elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, |
||
10019 | char *buf, |
||
10020 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10021 | const void *s390_todcmp, |
||
10022 | int size) |
||
10023 | { |
||
10024 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10025 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10026 | note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size); |
||
10027 | } |
||
10028 | |||
10029 | char * |
||
10030 | elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, |
||
10031 | char *buf, |
||
10032 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10033 | const void *s390_todpreg, |
||
10034 | int size) |
||
10035 | { |
||
10036 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10037 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10038 | note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size); |
||
10039 | } |
||
10040 | |||
10041 | char * |
||
10042 | elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, |
||
10043 | char *buf, |
||
10044 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10045 | const void *s390_ctrs, |
||
10046 | int size) |
||
10047 | { |
||
10048 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10049 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10050 | note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size); |
||
10051 | } |
||
10052 | |||
10053 | char * |
||
10054 | elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, |
||
10055 | char *buf, |
||
10056 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10057 | const void *s390_prefix, |
||
10058 | int size) |
||
10059 | { |
||
10060 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10061 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10062 | note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size); |
||
10063 | } |
||
10064 | |||
10065 | char * |
||
10066 | elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, |
||
10067 | char *buf, |
||
10068 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10069 | const void *s390_last_break, |
||
10070 | int size) |
||
10071 | { |
||
10072 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10073 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10074 | note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK, |
||
10075 | s390_last_break, size); |
||
10076 | } |
||
10077 | |||
10078 | char * |
||
10079 | elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, |
||
10080 | char *buf, |
||
10081 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10082 | const void *s390_system_call, |
||
10083 | int size) |
||
10084 | { |
||
10085 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10086 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10087 | note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL, |
||
10088 | s390_system_call, size); |
||
10089 | } |
||
10090 | |||
10091 | char * |
||
10092 | elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, |
||
10093 | char *buf, |
||
10094 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10095 | const void *s390_tdb, |
||
10096 | int size) |
||
10097 | { |
||
10098 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10099 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10100 | note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size); |
||
10101 | } |
||
10102 | |||
10103 | char * |
||
6324 | serge | 10104 | elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, |
10105 | char *buf, |
||
10106 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10107 | const void *s390_vxrs_low, |
||
10108 | int size) |
||
10109 | { |
||
10110 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10111 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10112 | note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size); |
||
10113 | } |
||
10114 | |||
10115 | char * |
||
10116 | elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, |
||
10117 | char *buf, |
||
10118 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10119 | const void *s390_vxrs_high, |
||
10120 | int size) |
||
10121 | { |
||
10122 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10123 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10124 | note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH, |
||
10125 | s390_vxrs_high, size); |
||
10126 | } |
||
10127 | |||
10128 | char * |
||
5197 | serge | 10129 | elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, |
10130 | char *buf, |
||
10131 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10132 | const void *arm_vfp, |
||
10133 | int size) |
||
10134 | { |
||
10135 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10136 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10137 | note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size); |
||
10138 | } |
||
10139 | |||
10140 | char * |
||
10141 | elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, |
||
10142 | char *buf, |
||
10143 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10144 | const void *aarch_tls, |
||
10145 | int size) |
||
10146 | { |
||
10147 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10148 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10149 | note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size); |
||
10150 | } |
||
10151 | |||
10152 | char * |
||
10153 | elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, |
||
10154 | char *buf, |
||
10155 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10156 | const void *aarch_hw_break, |
||
10157 | int size) |
||
10158 | { |
||
10159 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10160 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10161 | note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size); |
||
10162 | } |
||
10163 | |||
10164 | char * |
||
10165 | elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, |
||
10166 | char *buf, |
||
10167 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10168 | const void *aarch_hw_watch, |
||
10169 | int size) |
||
10170 | { |
||
10171 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; |
||
10172 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, |
||
10173 | note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size); |
||
10174 | } |
||
10175 | |||
10176 | char * |
||
10177 | elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, |
||
10178 | char *buf, |
||
10179 | int *bufsiz, |
||
10180 | const char *section, |
||
10181 | const void *data, |
||
10182 | int size) |
||
10183 | { |
||
10184 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) |
||
10185 | return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10186 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) |
||
10187 | return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10188 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0) |
||
10189 | return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10190 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) |
||
10191 | return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10192 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) |
||
10193 | return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10194 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0) |
||
10195 | return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10196 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0) |
||
10197 | return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10198 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0) |
||
10199 | return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10200 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0) |
||
10201 | return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10202 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0) |
||
10203 | return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10204 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0) |
||
10205 | return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10206 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0) |
||
10207 | return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10208 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0) |
||
10209 | return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10210 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0) |
||
10211 | return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
6324 | serge | 10212 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0) |
10213 | return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10214 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0) |
||
10215 | return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
5197 | serge | 10216 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0) |
10217 | return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10218 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0) |
||
10219 | return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10220 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0) |
||
10221 | return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10222 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0) |
||
10223 | return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); |
||
10224 | return NULL; |
||
10225 | } |
||
10226 | |||
10227 | static bfd_boolean |
||
10228 | elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) |
||
10229 | { |
||
10230 | char *p; |
||
10231 | |||
10232 | p = buf; |
||
10233 | while (p < buf + size) |
||
10234 | { |
||
10235 | /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ |
||
10236 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; |
||
10237 | Elf_Internal_Note in; |
||
10238 | |||
10239 | if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) |
||
10240 | return FALSE; |
||
10241 | |||
10242 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); |
||
10243 | |||
10244 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); |
||
10245 | in.namedata = xnp->name; |
||
10246 | if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) |
||
10247 | return FALSE; |
||
10248 | |||
10249 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); |
||
10250 | in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); |
||
10251 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); |
||
10252 | if (in.descsz != 0 |
||
10253 | && (in.descdata >= buf + size |
||
10254 | || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) |
||
10255 | return FALSE; |
||
10256 | |||
10257 | switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) |
||
10258 | { |
||
10259 | default: |
||
10260 | return TRUE; |
||
10261 | |||
10262 | case bfd_core: |
||
6324 | serge | 10263 | { |
10264 | #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F} |
||
10265 | struct |
||
5197 | serge | 10266 | { |
6324 | serge | 10267 | const char * string; |
10268 | size_t len; |
||
10269 | bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *); |
||
5197 | serge | 10270 | } |
6324 | serge | 10271 | grokers[] = |
5197 | serge | 10272 | { |
6324 | serge | 10273 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note), |
10274 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note), |
||
10275 | GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note), |
||
10276 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note), |
||
10277 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note) |
||
10278 | }; |
||
10279 | #undef GROKER_ELEMENT |
||
10280 | int i; |
||
5197 | serge | 10281 | |
6324 | serge | 10282 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;) |
10283 | { |
||
10284 | if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len |
||
10285 | && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string, |
||
10286 | grokers[i].len) == 0) |
||
10287 | { |
||
10288 | if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in)) |
||
10289 | return FALSE; |
||
10290 | break; |
||
10291 | } |
||
10292 | } |
||
10293 | break; |
||
10294 | } |
||
10295 | |||
5197 | serge | 10296 | case bfd_object: |
10297 | if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) |
||
10298 | { |
||
10299 | if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) |
||
10300 | return FALSE; |
||
10301 | } |
||
10302 | else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt" |
||
10303 | && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0) |
||
10304 | { |
||
10305 | if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in)) |
||
10306 | return FALSE; |
||
10307 | } |
||
10308 | break; |
||
10309 | } |
||
10310 | |||
10311 | p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); |
||
10312 | } |
||
10313 | |||
10314 | return TRUE; |
||
10315 | } |
||
10316 | |||
10317 | static bfd_boolean |
||
10318 | elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) |
||
10319 | { |
||
10320 | char *buf; |
||
10321 | |||
10322 | if (size <= 0) |
||
10323 | return TRUE; |
||
10324 | |||
10325 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) |
||
10326 | return FALSE; |
||
10327 | |||
6324 | serge | 10328 | buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1); |
5197 | serge | 10329 | if (buf == NULL) |
10330 | return FALSE; |
||
10331 | |||
6324 | serge | 10332 | /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814 |
10333 | 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */ |
||
10334 | buf[size] = 0; |
||
10335 | |||
5197 | serge | 10336 | if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size |
10337 | || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) |
||
10338 | { |
||
10339 | free (buf); |
||
10340 | return FALSE; |
||
10341 | } |
||
10342 | |||
10343 | free (buf); |
||
10344 | return TRUE; |
||
10345 | } |
||
10346 | |||
10347 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ |
||
10348 | |||
10349 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a |
||
10350 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error |
||
10351 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
||
10352 | |||
10353 | long |
||
10354 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) |
||
10355 | { |
||
10356 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
10357 | { |
||
10358 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
||
10359 | return -1; |
||
10360 | } |
||
10361 | |||
10362 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); |
||
10363 | } |
||
10364 | |||
10365 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries |
||
10366 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as |
||
10367 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the |
||
10368 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. |
||
10369 | |||
10370 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an |
||
10371 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ |
||
10372 | |||
10373 | int |
||
10374 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) |
||
10375 | { |
||
10376 | int num_phdrs; |
||
10377 | |||
10378 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) |
||
10379 | { |
||
10380 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); |
||
10381 | return -1; |
||
10382 | } |
||
10383 | |||
10384 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; |
||
10385 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, |
||
10386 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); |
||
10387 | |||
10388 | return num_phdrs; |
||
10389 | } |
||
10390 | |||
10391 | enum elf_reloc_type_class |
||
10392 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
10393 | const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
10394 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
||
10395 | { |
||
10396 | return reloc_class_normal; |
||
10397 | } |
||
10398 | |||
10399 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a |
||
10400 | relocation against a local symbol. */ |
||
10401 | |||
10402 | bfd_vma |
||
10403 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
||
10404 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
||
10405 | asection **psec, |
||
10406 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) |
||
10407 | { |
||
10408 | asection *sec = *psec; |
||
10409 | bfd_vma relocation; |
||
10410 | |||
10411 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma |
||
10412 | + sec->output_offset |
||
10413 | + sym->st_value); |
||
10414 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) |
||
10415 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION |
||
10416 | && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
||
10417 | { |
||
10418 | rel->r_addend = |
||
10419 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
||
10420 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
||
10421 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); |
||
10422 | if (sec != *psec) |
||
10423 | { |
||
10424 | /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is |
||
10425 | marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original |
||
10426 | SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some |
||
10427 | other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave |
||
10428 | some info around for --emit-relocs. */ |
||
10429 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) |
||
10430 | sec->kept_section = *psec; |
||
10431 | sec = *psec; |
||
10432 | } |
||
10433 | rel->r_addend -= relocation; |
||
10434 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; |
||
10435 | } |
||
10436 | return relocation; |
||
10437 | } |
||
10438 | |||
10439 | bfd_vma |
||
10440 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, |
||
10441 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, |
||
10442 | asection **psec, |
||
10443 | bfd_vma addend) |
||
10444 | { |
||
10445 | asection *sec = *psec; |
||
10446 | |||
10447 | if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) |
||
10448 | return sym->st_value + addend; |
||
10449 | |||
10450 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, |
||
10451 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
||
10452 | sym->st_value + addend); |
||
10453 | } |
||
10454 | |||
10455 | bfd_vma |
||
10456 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, |
||
10457 | struct bfd_link_info *info, |
||
10458 | asection *sec, |
||
10459 | bfd_vma offset) |
||
10460 | { |
||
10461 | switch (sec->sec_info_type) |
||
10462 | { |
||
10463 | case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS: |
||
10464 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, |
||
10465 | offset); |
||
10466 | case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: |
||
10467 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); |
||
10468 | default: |
||
10469 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0) |
||
10470 | { |
||
10471 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
10472 | bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8; |
||
10473 | offset = sec->size - offset - address_size; |
||
10474 | } |
||
10475 | return offset; |
||
10476 | } |
||
10477 | } |
||
10478 | |||
10479 | /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, |
||
10480 | reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory |
||
10481 | based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it |
||
10482 | points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference |
||
10483 | between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the |
||
10484 | file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. |
||
10485 | |||
10486 | The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the |
||
10487 | remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it |
||
10488 | should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must |
||
10489 | be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in |
||
10490 | the remote memory. */ |
||
10491 | |||
10492 | bfd * |
||
10493 | bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory |
||
10494 | (bfd *templ, |
||
10495 | bfd_vma ehdr_vma, |
||
6324 | serge | 10496 | bfd_size_type size, |
5197 | serge | 10497 | bfd_vma *loadbasep, |
10498 | int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type)) |
||
10499 | { |
||
10500 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) |
||
6324 | serge | 10501 | (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory); |
5197 | serge | 10502 | } |
10503 | |||
10504 | long |
||
10505 | _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, |
||
10506 | long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
10507 | asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, |
||
10508 | long dynsymcount, |
||
10509 | asymbol **dynsyms, |
||
10510 | asymbol **ret) |
||
10511 | { |
||
10512 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); |
||
10513 | asection *relplt; |
||
10514 | asymbol *s; |
||
10515 | const char *relplt_name; |
||
10516 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); |
||
10517 | arelent *p; |
||
10518 | long count, i, n; |
||
10519 | size_t size; |
||
10520 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; |
||
10521 | char *names; |
||
10522 | asection *plt; |
||
10523 | |||
10524 | *ret = NULL; |
||
10525 | |||
10526 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) |
||
10527 | return 0; |
||
10528 | |||
10529 | if (dynsymcount <= 0) |
||
10530 | return 0; |
||
10531 | |||
10532 | if (!bed->plt_sym_val) |
||
10533 | return 0; |
||
10534 | |||
10535 | relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; |
||
10536 | if (relplt_name == NULL) |
||
10537 | relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; |
||
10538 | relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); |
||
10539 | if (relplt == NULL) |
||
10540 | return 0; |
||
10541 | |||
10542 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; |
||
10543 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) |
||
10544 | || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) |
||
10545 | return 0; |
||
10546 | |||
10547 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); |
||
10548 | if (plt == NULL) |
||
10549 | return 0; |
||
10550 | |||
10551 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; |
||
10552 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) |
||
10553 | return -1; |
||
10554 | |||
10555 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; |
||
10556 | size = count * sizeof (asymbol); |
||
10557 | p = relplt->relocation; |
||
10558 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) |
||
10559 | { |
||
10560 | size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); |
||
10561 | if (p->addend != 0) |
||
10562 | { |
||
10563 | #ifdef BFD64 |
||
10564 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64); |
||
10565 | #else |
||
10566 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; |
||
10567 | #endif |
||
10568 | } |
||
10569 | } |
||
10570 | |||
10571 | s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size); |
||
10572 | if (s == NULL) |
||
10573 | return -1; |
||
10574 | |||
10575 | names = (char *) (s + count); |
||
10576 | p = relplt->relocation; |
||
10577 | n = 0; |
||
10578 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) |
||
10579 | { |
||
10580 | size_t len; |
||
10581 | bfd_vma addr; |
||
10582 | |||
10583 | addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); |
||
10584 | if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) |
||
10585 | continue; |
||
10586 | |||
10587 | *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; |
||
10588 | /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since |
||
10589 | we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ |
||
10590 | if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) |
||
10591 | s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; |
||
10592 | s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; |
||
10593 | s->section = plt; |
||
10594 | s->value = addr - plt->vma; |
||
10595 | s->name = names; |
||
10596 | s->udata.p = NULL; |
||
10597 | len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); |
||
10598 | memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); |
||
10599 | names += len; |
||
10600 | if (p->addend != 0) |
||
10601 | { |
||
10602 | char buf[30], *a; |
||
10603 | |||
10604 | memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); |
||
10605 | names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; |
||
10606 | bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend); |
||
10607 | for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a) |
||
10608 | ; |
||
10609 | len = strlen (a); |
||
10610 | memcpy (names, a, len); |
||
10611 | names += len; |
||
10612 | } |
||
10613 | memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); |
||
10614 | names += sizeof ("@plt"); |
||
10615 | ++s, ++n; |
||
10616 | } |
||
10617 | |||
10618 | return n; |
||
10619 | } |
||
10620 | |||
10621 | /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ |
||
10622 | asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section |
||
10623 | = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, |
||
10624 | SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); |
||
10625 | |||
10626 | void |
||
6324 | serge | 10627 | _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd, |
10628 | struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) |
||
5197 | serge | 10629 | { |
10630 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ |
||
10631 | |||
10632 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); |
||
10633 | |||
10634 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; |
||
10635 | |||
10636 | /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the |
||
10637 | osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of |
||
10638 | the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */ |
||
10639 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE |
||
10640 | && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols) |
||
10641 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU; |
||
10642 | } |
||
10643 | |||
10644 | |||
10645 | /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. |
||
10646 | This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for |
||
10647 | most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ |
||
10648 | |||
10649 | bfd_boolean |
||
10650 | _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) |
||
10651 | { |
||
10652 | return (type == STT_FUNC |
||
10653 | || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC); |
||
10654 | } |
||
10655 | |||
10656 | /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the |
||
10657 | function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point, |
||
10658 | otherwise return zero. */ |
||
10659 | |||
10660 | bfd_size_type |
||
10661 | _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec, |
||
10662 | bfd_vma *code_off) |
||
10663 | { |
||
10664 | bfd_size_type size; |
||
10665 | |||
10666 | if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT |
||
10667 | | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0 |
||
10668 | || sym->section != sec) |
||
10669 | return 0; |
||
10670 | |||
10671 | *code_off = sym->value; |
||
10672 | size = 0; |
||
10673 | if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC)) |
||
10674 | size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; |
||
10675 | if (size == 0) |
||
10676 | size = 1; |
||
10677 | return size; |
||
10678 | }>>=>=>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>=>><>>><>><>>>>>=>>>>>>>>=>>>>>>=>=>=>=>>>><>>>>>>>>>>>>>><>>>>>>>><>>><>>>=>=>>>>>>>>=>>>>>>>=>>><>><>>>>>>>><>><>>>=>>=>=>=>>>>>>=>=>>>>>=>>>>>>>>>>>=>><>><> |